6.4 Technical Notes


Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6

Detailed notes on the changes implemented in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4

Edition 4

Red Hat Customer Content Services

Abstract

The Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Technical Notes list and document the changes made to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 operating system and its accompanying applications between Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 and minor release Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.

Preface

The Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Technical Notes list and document the changes made to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 operating system and its accompanying applications between minor release Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 and minor release Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
For system administrators and others planning Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 upgrades and deployments, the Technical Notes provide a single, organized record of the bugs fixed in, features added to, and Technology Previews included with this new release of Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
For auditors and compliance officers, the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Technical Notes provide a single, organized source for change tracking and compliance testing.
For every user, the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Technical Notes provide details of what has changed in this new release.

Note

The Package Manifest is available as a separate document.

Chapter 1. Important Changes to External Kernel Parameters

This chapter provides system administrators with a summary of significant changes in the kernel shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. These changes include added or updated procfs entries, sysfs default values, boot parameters, kernel configuration options, or any noticeable behavior changes.
intel_idle.max_cstate
A new kernel parameter, intel_idle.max_cstate, has been added to specify the maximum depth of a C-state, or to disable intel_idle and fall back to acpi_idle. For more information, refer to the /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt file.
nobar
The new nobar kernel parameter, specific to the AMD64 / Intel 64 architecture, can be used to not assign address space to the Base Address Registers (BARs) that were not assigned by the BIOS.
noari
The new noari kernel parameter can disable the use of PCIe Alternative Routing ID Interpretation (ARI).
MD state file
The state file of an MD array component device (found in the /sys/block/md<md_number>/md/dev-<device_name> directory) can now contain additional device states. For more information, refer to the /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/md.txt file.
route_localnet
The route_localnet kernel parameter can be used to enable the use of 127/8 for local routing purposes. For more information, refer to the /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt file.
pf_retrans
The pf_retrans kernel parameter specifies the number of re-transmissions that will be attempted on a given path before traffic is redirected to an alternate transport (should one exist). For more information, refer to the /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt file.
traceevent
The new traceevent library, used by perf, uses the following sysfs control files:
/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/header_page
/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/.../.../format
/sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format
/sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/events
/sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/type
/sys/kernel/fadump_*
On 64-bit IBM POWER machines, the following control files have been added to be used by the firmware-assisted dump feature:
/sys/kernel/fadump_enabled
/sys/kernel/fadump_registered
/sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem
For more information about these files, refer to /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt.
Transparent Hugepages
The /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage symbolic link, which points to /sys/kernel/mm/redhat_transparent_hugepage, has been added for consistency purposes.
Documentation for transparent hugepages has been added to the following file:
/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt
vmbus_show_device_attr
The vmbus_show_device_attr attribute of the Hyper-V vmbus driver shows the device attribute in sysfs. This is invoked when the /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<busdevice>/<attr_name> file is read.
BNA debugfs Interface
The BNA debugfs interface can be accessed through the bna/pci_dev:<pci_name> hierarchy (note that the debugfs file system must be mounted). The following debugging services are available for each pci_dev>:
  • fwtrc — used to collect current firmware trace.
  • fwsave — used to collect last-saved firmware trace as a result of firmware crash.
  • regwr — used to write one word to the chip register.
  • regrd — used to read one or more words from the chip register.
iwlegacy debug_level
The iwlegacy driver includes a new sysfs control file, /sys/bus/pci/drivers/iwl/debug_level, to control per-device level of debugging. The CONFIG_IWLEGACY_DEBUG option enables this feature.
iwlwifi debug_level
The iwlwifi driver includes a new sysfs control file, /sys/class/net/wlan0/device/debug_level, to control per-device level of debugging. The CONFIG_IWLWIFI_DEBUG option enables this feature.
ie6xx_wdt
If debugfs is mounted, the new /sys/kernel/debug/ie6xx_wdt file contains a value that determines whether the system was rebooted by watchdog.
supported_krb5_enctypes
The new /proc/fs/nfsd/supported_krb5_enctypes proc file lists the encryption types supported by the kernel's gss_krb5 code.
usbmixer
The /proc/asound/card<card_number>/usbmixer proc file has been added. It contains a mapping between the ALSA control API and the USB mixer control units. This file can be used debugging and problem diagnostics.
codec#<number>
The /proc/asound/card<card_number>/codec#<number> proc files now contain information about the D3cold power state, the deepest power-saving state for a PCIe device. The codec#<number> files now also contain additional power state information, specifically: reset status, clock stop ok, and power states error. The following is an example output:
Power: setting=D0, actual=D0, Error, Clock-stop-OK, Setting-reset
cgroup.procs
The cgroup.procs file is now writable. Writing a TGID into the cgroup.procs file of a cgroup moves that thread group into that cgroup.
sysfs_dirent
The last sysfs_dirent, which represents a single sysfs node, is now cached to improve scalability of the readdir function.
iov
The iov sysfs directory was added under the ib device. This directory is used to manage and examine the port P_Key and guid paravirtualization.
FDMI attributes
Fabric Device Management Interface (FDMI) attributes can now be exposed to the fcoe driver via the fc_host class object.
ltm_capable
The /sys/bus/usb/devices/<device>/ltm_capable file has been added to show whether a device supports Latency Tolerance Messaging (LTM). This file is present for both USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 devices.
fwdump_state
The /sys/class/net/eth<number>/device/fwdump_state file has been added to determine whether the firmware dump feature is enabled or disabled.
flags, registers
The Commands in Q item was added to the /sys/block/rssd<number>/registers file. This file's output was also re-formatted. Also, a new /sys/block/rssd<number>/flags file has been added. This read-only file dumps the flags in a port and driver data structure.
duplex
The /sys/class/net/eth<number>/duplex file now reports unknown when the NIC duplex state is DUPLEX_UNKNOWN.
Mountpoint Interface
A sysfs mountpoint interface was added to the perf tool.
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is a TCP level socket option that specifies the maximum amount of time (in milliseconds) that transmitted data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If the value 0 is specified, TCP will continue to use the system default.
IPPROTO_ICMP
The IPPROTO_ICMP socket option makes it possible to send ICMP_ECHO messages and receive the corresponding ICMP_ECHOREPLY messages without any special privileges.
Increased Default in ST_MAX_TAPES
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, the number of supported tape drives has increased from 128 to 512.
Increased Number of Supported IOMMUs
The number of supported input/output memory management units (IOMMUs) has been increased to be the same as the number of I/O Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers (APICs; defined in MAX_IO_APICS).
New Module Parameters
The following list summarizes new command line arguments passed to various kernel modules. For more information about the majority of these module parameters, refer to the output of the modinfo <module> command, for example, modinfo bna.
  • New kvm module parameter:
    module_param(min_timer_period_us, uint, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR);
    
    • min_timer_period_us — Do not allow the guest to program periodic timers with small interval, since the hrtimers are not throttled by the host scheduler, and allow tuning the interval with this parameter. The default value is 500us.
  • New kvm-intel module parameter:
    module_param_named(eptad, enable_ept_ad_bits, bool, S_IRUGO);
    • enable_ept_ad_bits — Parameter to control enabling/disabling A/D bits, if supported by CPU. The default value is enabled.
  • New ata_piix module parameter:
    module_param(prefer_ms_hyperv, int, 0);
    • prefer_ms_hyperv — On Hyper-V Hypervisors, the disks are exposed on both the emulated SATA controller and on the paravirtualized drivers. The CD/DVD devices are only exposed on the emulated controller. Request to ignore ATA devices on this host. The default value is enabled.
  • New drm module parameters:
    module_param_named(edid_fixup, edid_fixup, int, 0400);
    module_param_string(edid_firmware, edid_firmware, sizeof(edid_firmware), 0644);
    
    • edid_fixup — Minimum number of valid EDID header bytes (0-8). The default value is 6.
    • edid_firmware — Do not probe monitor, use specified EDID blob from built-in data or /lib/firmware instead.
  • New i915 module parameters:
    module_param_named(lvds_channel_mode, i915_lvds_channel_mode, int, 0600);
    module_param_named(i915_enable_ppgtt, i915_enable_ppgtt, int, 0600);
    module_param_named(invert_brightness, i915_panel_invert_brightness, int, 0600);
    
  • New nouveau module parameter:
    module_param_named(vram_type, nouveau_vram_type, charp, 0400);
  • New radeon module parameter:
    module_param_named(lockup_timeout, radeon_lockup_timeout, int, 0444);
  • New i2c-ismt module parameters:
    module_param(stop_on_error, uint, S_IRUGO);
    module_param(fair, uint, S_IRUGO);
    
  • New iw-cxgb4 module parameters:
    module_param(db_delay_usecs, int, 0644);
    module_param(db_fc_threshold, int, 0644);
    
  • New mlx4_ib module parameter:
    module_param_named(sm_guid_assign, mlx4_ib_sm_guid_assign, int, 0444);
  • New ib_qib module parameter:
    module_param_named(cc_table_size, qib_cc_table_size, uint, S_IRUGO);
  • New bna module parameter:
    module_param(bna_debugfs_enable, uint, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR);
  • New cxgb4 module parameters:
    module_param(dbfifo_int_thresh, int, 0644);
    module_param(dbfifo_drain_delay, int, 0644);
  • New e1000e module parameter:
    module_param(debug, int, 0);
  • New igb module parameter:
    module_param(debug, int, 0);
  • New igbvf module parameter:
    module_param(debug, int, 0);
  • New ixgbe module parameter:
    module_param(debug, int, 0);
  • New ixgbevf module parameter:
    module_param(debug, int, 0);
  • New hv_netvsc module parameter:
    module_param(ring_size, int, S_IRUGO);
  • New mlx4_core module parameter:
    module_param(enable_64b_cqe_eqe, bool, 0444);
    • enable_64b_cqe_eqe — Enable 64 byte CQEs/EQEs when the firmware supports this.
  • New sfc module parameters:
    module_param(vf_max_tx_channels, uint, 0444);
    module_param(max_vfs, int, 0444);
  • New ath5k module parameter:
    module_param_named(no_hw_rfkill_switch, ath5k_modparam_no_hw_rfkill_switch, bool, S_IRUGO);
  • New iwlegacy module parameters:
    module_param(led_mode, int, S_IRUGO);
    module_param(bt_coex_active, bool, S_IRUGO);
    
  • New wlcore module parameter:
    module_param(no_recovery, bool, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
    
  • New s390 scm_block module parameters:
    module_param(nr_requests, uint, S_IRUGO);
    module_param(write_cluster_size, uint, S_IRUGO)
    
  • New s390 zfcp module parameters:
    module_param_named(no_auto_port_rescan, no_auto_port_rescan, bool, 0600);
    module_param_named(datarouter, enable_multibuffer, bool, 0400);
    module_param_named(dif, enable_dif, bool, 0400);
    
  • New aacraid module parameters:
    module_param(aac_sync_mode, int, S_IRUGO|S_IWUSR);
    module_param(aac_convert_sgl, int, S_IRUGO|S_IWUSR);
    
  • New be2iscsi module parameter:
    module_param(beiscsi_##_name, uint, S_IRUGO);
  • New lpfc module parameter:
    module_param(lpfc_req_fw_upgrade, int, S_IRUGO|S_IWUSR);
  • New megaraid_sas module parameters:
    module_param(msix_vectors, int, S_IRUGO);
    module_param(throttlequeuedepth, int, S_IRUGO);
    module_param(resetwaittime, int, S_IRUGO);
    
  • New qla4xxx module parameters:
    module_param(ql4xqfulltracking, int, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR);
    module_param(ql4xmdcapmask, int, S_IRUGO);
    module_param(ql4xenablemd, int, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR);
    
  • New hv_storvsc module parameter:
    module_param(storvsc_ringbuffer_size, int, S_IRUGO);
  • New ehci-hcd driver parameter:
    module_param(io_watchdog_force, uint, S_IRUGO);
    • io_watchdog_force — Force I/O watchdog to be ON for all devices.
  • New ie6xx_wdt module parameters:
    module_param(timeout, uint, 0);
    module_param(nowayout, bool, 0);
    module_param(resetmode, byte, 0);
    
  • New snd-ua101 module parameter:
    module_param(queue_length, uint, 0644);
    

Chapter 2. Device Drivers

This chapter provides a comprehensive listing of all device drivers which were updated in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.

Storage Drivers

  • The Direct Access Storage Devices (DASD) device driver has been updated to detect path configuration errors that cannot be detected by hardware or microcode. Upon successful detection, the device driver does not use such paths. With this feature, for example, the DASD device driver detects paths that are assigned to a specific subchannel but lead to different storage servers.
  • The zfcp device driver has been updated to add data structures and error handling to support the enhanced mode of the System z Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) adapter card. In this mode, the adapter passes data directly from memory to the SAN (data routing) when memory on the adapter card is blocked by large and slow I/O requests.
  • The mtip32xx driver has been updated to add support for the latest PCIe SSD drives.
  • The lpfc driver for Emulex Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters has been updated to version 8.3.5.86.1p.
  • The qla2xxx driver for QLogic Fibre Channel HBAs has been updated to version 8.04.00.04.06.4-k, which adds support for QLogic's 83XX Converged Network Adapter (CNA), 16 GBps FC support for QLogic adapters, and new Form Factor CNA for HP ProLiant servers.
  • The qla4xxxx driver has been updated to version v5.03.00.00.06.04-k0, which adds change_queue_depth API support, fixes a number of bugs, and introduces various enhancements.
  • The ql2400-firmware firmware for QLogic 4Gbps fibre channel HBA has been updated to version 5.08.00.
  • The ql2500-firmware firmware for QLogic 4Gbps fibre channel HBA has been updated to version 5.08.00.
  • The ipr driver for IBM Power Linux RAID SCSI HBAs has been updated to version 2.5.4, which adds support for the Power7 6Gb SAS adapters and enables SAS VRAID capability on these adapters.
  • The hpsa driver has been updated to version 2.0.2-4-RH1 to add PCI-IDs for the HP Smart Array Generation 8 family of controllers.
  • The bnx2i driver for Broadcom NetXtreme II iSCSI has been updated to version 2.7.2.2 with general hardware support enablements. iSCSI and FCoE boot support on Broadcom devices is now fully supported in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. These two features are provided by the bnx2i and bnx2fc Broadcom drivers.
  • The bnx2fc driver for the Broadcom Netxtreme II 57712 chip has been updated to version 1.0.12.
    iSCSI and FCoE boot support on Broadcom devices is now fully supported in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. These two features are provided by the bnx2i and bnx2fc Broadcom drivers.
  • The mpt2sas driver has been updated to version 13.101.00.00, which adds multi-segment mode support for the Linux BSG Driver.
  • The Brocade bfa Fibre Channel and FCoE driver has been updated to version 3.0.23.0 which includes Brocade 1860 16Gbps Fibre Channel Adapter support, new hardware support in Dell PowerEdge 12th Generation servers, and issue_lip support. The bfa firmware was updated to version 3.0.3.1.
  • The be2iscsi driver for ServerEngines BladeEngine 2 Open iSCSI devices has been updated to version 4.4.58.0r to add iSCSI netlink VLAN support.
  • The qib driver for TrueScale HCAs has been updated to the latest version with the following enhancements:
    • Enhanced NUMA awareness
    • Congestion Control Agent (CCA) for Performance Scale Messaging (PSM) fabrics
    • Dual Rail for PSM fabrics
    • Performance enhancements and bug fixes
  • The following drivers have been updated to include latest upstream features and bug fixes: ahci, md/bitmap, raid0, raid1, raid10, and raid456.

Network Drivers

  • The netxen_nic driver for NetXen Multi port (1/10) Gigabit Network has been updated to version 4.0.80, which adds miniDIMM support. The netxen_nic firmware has been updated to version 4.0.588.
  • The bnx2x driver has been updated to the version 1.72.51-0 to include support for Broadcom 57800/57810/57811/57840 chips as well as general bug fixes and updated firmware for Broadcom 57710/57711/57712 chips. This update also includes the following enhancements:
    • Support for iSCSI offload and Data Center Bridging/Fibre Channel over Ethernet (DCB/FCOE) on Broadcom 57712/578xx chips. The Broadcom 57840 chip is supported in a 4x10G configuration only and does not support iSCSI offload and FCoE. Future releases will support additional configurations and iSCSI offload and FCoE.
    • Additional physical layer support, including Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE).
    • iSCSI offload enhancements
    • OEM-specific features
  • The be2net driver for Emulex OneConnect 10GbE Network Adapters has been updated to version 4.4.31.0r. The SR-IOV functionality of the Emulex be2net driver is now fully supported in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. SR-IOV runs on all Emulex-branded and OEM variants of BE3-based hardware (with minimum firmware version 4.2.324.30), which all require the be2net driver software.
  • The ixgbevf driver has been updated to version 2.6.0-k to include the latest hardware support, enhancements, and bug fixes.
  • The cxgb4 driver for Chelsio Terminator4 10G Unified Wire Network Controllers has been updated to add support for Chelsio's T480-CR and T440-LP-CR adapters.
  • The cxgb3 driver for the Chelsio T3 Family of network devices has been updated to version 1.1.5-ko.
  • The ixgbe driver for Intel 10 Gigabit PCI Express network devices has been updated to version 3.9.15-k to include support for SR-IOV with Data Center Bridging (DCB) or Receive-Side Scaling (RSS), PTP support as a Technology Preview, latest hardware support, enhancements, and bug fixes.
  • The iw_cxgb3 driver has been updated.
  • The iw_cxgb4 driver has been updated.
  • The e1000e driver for Intel PRO/1000 network devices has been updated to add the latest hardware support, features, and provide a number of bug fixes.
  • The enic driver for Cisco 10G Ethernet devices has been updated to version 2.1.1.39.
  • The igbvf driver (Intel Gigabit Virtual Function Network driver) has been updated to the latest upstream version.
  • The igb driver for Intel Gigabit Ethernet Adapters has been updated to version 4.0.1 to add the latest hardware support. Also, PTP support has been added to the igb driver as a Technology Preview.
  • The tg3 driver for Broadcom Tigon3 Ethernet devices has been updated to version 3.124 to add new hardware support. Also, PTP support has been added to the tg3 driver as a Technology Preview.
  • The qlcnic driver for the HP NC-Series QLogic 10 Gigabit Server Adapters has been updated to version 5.0.29.
  • The Brocade bna driver for Brocade 10Gb PCIe Ethernet Controllers driver has been updated to version 3.0.23.0 to add new hardware support for Dell PowerEdge 12th Generation servers, and enable the use of non-Brocade Twinax Copper cables. The bna firmware was updated to version 3.0.3.1.
  • The Broadcom NetXtreme II cnic driver has been updated to version 2.5.13 to include new features, bug fixes, and support for new OEM platforms.
  • The wireless drivers have been updated to upstream version 3.5, including the iwlwifi driver for Intel wireless LAN adapters and the ath9k driver for PCI/PCI-Express adapters with Atheros wireless LAN chipsets. Additionally, the rt2800pci and rt2800usb drivers have been added to support various USB and PCI/PCI-Express adapters with Ralink wireless LAN chipsets.

Miscellaneous Drivers

  • The intel_idle cpuidle driver for Intel processors has been updated to add support for Intel's Xeon E5-XXX V2 series of processors.
  • The wacom driver has been updated to add support for the CTL-460 Wacom Bamboo Pen, the Wacom Intuos5 Tablet, and the Wacom Cintiq 22HD Pen Display.
  • The ALSA HDA audio driver has been updated to enable or improve support for new hardware and fix a number of bugs.
  • The mlx4_en driver has been updated to the latest upstream version.
  • The mlx4_ib driver has been updated to the latest upstream version.
  • The mlx4_core driver has been updated to the latest upstream version.
  • The z90crypt device driver has been updated to support the new Crypto Express 4 (CEX4) adapter card.

Chapter 3. Deprecated Functionality

systemtap component
The systemtap-grapher package has been removed from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. For more information, see https://access.redhat.com/solutions/757983.
matahari component
The Matahari agent framework (matahari-*) packages have been removed from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. Focus for remote systems management has shifted towards the use of the CIM infrastructure. This infrastructure relies on an already existing standard which provides a greater degree of interoperability for all users.
distribution component
The following packages have been deprecated and are subjected to removal in a future release of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. These packages will not be updated in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 repositories and customers who do not use the MRG-Messaging product are advised to uninstall them from their system.
  • mingw-gcc
  • mingw-boost
  • mingw32-qpid-cpp
  • python-qmf
  • python-qpid
  • qpid-cpp
  • qpid-qmf
  • qpid-tests
  • qpid-tools
  • ruby-qpid
  • saslwrapper
Red Hat MRG-Messaging customers will continue to receive updated functionality as part of their regular updates to the product.
fence-virt component
The libvirt-qpid is no longer part of the fence-virt package.
openscap component
The openscap-perl subpackage has been removed from openscap.

Chapter 4. Technology Previews

This chapter provides a list of all available Technology Previews in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
Technology Preview features are currently not supported under Red Hat Enterprise Linux subscription services, may not be functionally complete, and are generally not suitable for production use. However, these features are included as a customer convenience and to provide the feature with wider exposure.
Customers may find these features useful in a non-production environment. Customers are also free to provide feedback and functionality suggestions for a Technology Preview feature before it becomes fully supported. Errata will be provided for high-severity security issues.
During the development of a Technology Preview feature, additional components may become available to the public for testing. It is the intention of Red Hat clustering to fully support Technology Preview features in a future release.

4.1. Storage and File Systems

Cross Realm Kerberos Trust Functionality for samba4 Libraries
The Cross Realm Kerberos Trust functionality provided by Identity Management, which relies on the capabilities of the samba4 client library, is included as a Technology Preview starting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. This functionality uses the libndr-nbt library to prepare Connection-less Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (CLDAP) messages.
Package: samba-3.6.9-151
Open multicast ping (Omping), BZ#657370
Open Multicast Ping (Omping) is a tool to test the IP multicast functionality, primarily in the local network. This utility allows users to test IP multicast functionality and assists in the diagnosing if an issues is in the network configuration or elsewhere (that is, a bug). In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Omping is provided as a Technology Preview.
Package: omping-0.0.4-1
System Information Gatherer and Reporter (SIGAR)
The System Information Gatherer and Reporter (SIGAR) is a library and command-line tool for accessing operating system and hardware level information across multiple platforms and programming languages. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, SIGAR is considered a Technology Preview package.
Package: sigar-1.6.5-0.4.git58097d9
fsfreeze
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 includes fsfreeze as a Technology Preview. fsfreeze is a new command that halts access to a file system on a disk. fsfreeze is designed to be used with hardware RAID devices, assisting in the creation of volume snapshots. For more details on the fsfreeze utility, refer to the fsfreeze(8) man page.
Package: util-linux-ng-2.17.2-12.9
DIF/DIX support
DIF/DIX, is a new addition to the SCSI Standard and a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. DIF/DIX increases the size of the commonly used 512-byte disk block from 512 to 520 bytes, adding the Data Integrity Field (DIF). The DIF stores a checksum value for the data block that is calculated by the Host Bus Adapter (HBA) when a write occurs. The storage device then confirms the checksum on receive, and stores both the data and the checksum. Conversely, when a read occurs, the checksum can be checked by the storage device, and by the receiving HBA.
The DIF/DIX hardware checksum feature must only be used with applications that exclusively issue O_DIRECT I/O. These applications may use the raw block device, or the XFS file system in O_DIRECT mode. (XFS is the only file system that does not fall back to buffered I/O when doing certain allocation operations.) Only applications designed for use with O_DIRECT I/O and DIF/DIX hardware should enable this feature.
For more information, refer to section Block Devices with DIF/DIX Enabled in the Storage Administration Guide.
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
Filesystem in user space
Filesystem in Userspace (FUSE) allows for custom file systems to be developed and run in user space.
Package: fuse-2.8.3-4
Btrfs, BZ#614121
Btrfs is under development as a file system capable of addressing and managing more files, larger files, and larger volumes than the ext2, ext3, and ext4 file systems. Btrfs is designed to make the file system tolerant of errors, and to facilitate the detection and repair of errors when they occur. It uses checksums to ensure the validity of data and metadata, and maintains snapshots of the file system that can be used for backup or repair. The Btrfs Technology Preview is only available on AMD64 and Intel 64 architectures.

Warning

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 includes Btrfs as a technology preview to allow you to experiment with this file system. You should not choose Btrfs for partitions that will contain valuable data or that are essential for the operation of important systems.
Package: btrfs-progs-0.20-0.2.git91d9eec
LVM Application Programming Interface (API)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 features the new LVM application programming interface (API) as a Technology Preview. This API is used to query and control certain aspects of LVM.
Package: lvm2-2.02.98-9
FS-Cache
FS-Cache in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 enables networked file systems (for example, NFS) to have a persistent cache of data on the client machine.
Package: cachefilesd-0.10.2-1
eCryptfs File System
eCryptfs is a stacked, cryptographic file system. It is transparent to the underlying file system and provides per-file granularity. eCryptfs is provided as a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Package: ecryptfs-utils-82-6

4.2. Networking

linuxptp
The linuxptp package, included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 as a Technology Preview, is an implementation of the Precision Time Protocol (PTP) according to IEEE standard 1588 for Linux. The dual design goals are to provide a robust implementation of the standard and to use the most relevant and modern Application Programming Interfaces (API) offered by the Linux kernel. Supporting legacy APIs and other platforms is not a goal.
Package: linuxptp-0-0.6.20121114gite6bbbb
PTP support in kernel drivers
PTP support has been added as a technology preview to the ixgbe, igb, and tg3 kernel drivers.
Packages: kernel-2.6.32-335
QFQ queuing discipline
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, the tc utility has been updated to work with the Quick Fair Scheduler (QFQ) kernel features. Users can now take advantage of the new QFQ traffic queuing discipline from userspace. This feature is considered a Technology Preview.
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
vios-proxy, BZ#721119
vios-proxy is a stream-socket proxy for providing connectivity between a client on a virtual guest and a server on a Hypervisor host. Communication occurs over virtio-serial links.
Package: vios-proxy-0.1-1
IPv6 support in IPVS
The IPv6 support in IPVS (IP Virtual Server) is considered a Technology Preview.
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358

4.3. Clustering and High Availability

pcs
The pcs package has been added to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 as a Technology Preview. This package provides a command-line tool configure and manage the corosync and pacemaker utilities.
Package: pcs-0.9.26-10
luci support for fence_sanlock
The luci tool now supports the Sanlock fence agent as a Technology Preview, which is available in the luci's list of agents.
Package: luci-0.26.0-37
Recovering a node via a hardware watchdog device
New fence_sanlock agent and checkquorum.wdmd, included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 as a Technology Preview, provide new mechanisms to trigger the recovery of a node via a hardware watchdog device. Tutorials on how to enable this Technology Preview will be available at https://fedorahosted.org/cluster/wiki/HomePage
Note that SELinux in enforcing mode is currently not supported.
Package: cluster-3.0.12.1-49
keepalived
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 includes the keepalived package as a Technology Preview. The keepalived package provides simple and robust facilities for load-balancing and high-availability. The load-balancing framework relies on the well-know and widely used Linux Virtual Server kernel module providing Layer4 network load-balancing. The keepalived daemon implements a set of health checkers to load-balanced server pools according to their state. The keepalived daemon also implements the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), allowing router or director failover to achieve high availability.
Package: keepalived-1.2.7-3
HAProxy
HAProxy is a stand-alone, layer-7, high-performance network load balancer for TCP and HTTP-based applications which can perform various types of scheduling based on the content of the HTTP requests. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 introduces the haproxy package as a Technology Preview.
Package: haproxy-1.4.22-3
libqb package
The libqb package provides a library with the primary purpose of providing high performance client server reusable features, such as high performance logging, tracing, inter-process communication, and polling. This package is introduced as a dependency of the pacemaker package, and is considered a Technology Preview.
Package: libqb-0.14.2-3
pacemaker, BZ#456895
Pacemaker, a scalable high-availability cluster resource manager, is included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 as a Technology Preview. Pacemaker is not fully integrated with the Red Hat cluster stack.
Package: pacemaker-1.1.8-7

4.4. Authentication

Simultaneous maintaining of TGTs for multiple KDCs
Kerberos version 1.10 added a new cache storage type, DIR:, which allows Kerberos to maintain Ticket Granting Tickets (TGTs) for multiple Key Distribution Centers (KDCs) simultaneously and auto-select between them when negotiating with Kerberized resources. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, SSSD has been enhanced to allow you to select the DIR: cache for users that are logging in via SSSD. This feature is introduced as a Technology Preview.
Package: sssd-1.9.2-82

4.5. Security

TPM
TPM (Trusted Platform Module) hardware can create, store and use RSA keys securely (without ever being exposed in memory), verify a platform's software state using cryptographic hashes and more. The trousers and tpm-tools packages are considered a Technology Preview.
Packages: trousers-0.3.4-4, tpm-tools-1.3.4-2

4.6. Devices

mpt2sas lockless mode
The mpt2sas driver is fully supported. However, when used in the lockless mode, the driver is a Technology Preview.
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358

4.7. Kernel

Thin-provisioning and scalable snapshot capabilities
The dm-thinp targets, thin and thin-pool, provide a device mapper device with thin-provisioning and scalable snapshot capabilities. This feature is available as a Technology Preview.
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
Kernel Media support
The following features are presented as Technology Previews:
  • The latest upstream video4linux
  • Digital video broadcasting
  • Primarily infrared remote control device support
  • Various webcam support fixes and improvements
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
Remote audit logging
The audit package contains the user space utilities for storing and searching the audit records generated by the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel. Within the audispd-plugins sub-package is a utility that allows for the transmission of audit events to a remote aggregating machine. This remote audit logging application, audisp-remote, is considered a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Package: audispd-plugins-2.2-2
Linux (NameSpace) Container [LXC]
Linux containers provide a flexible approach to application runtime containment on bare-metal systems without the need to fully virtualize the workload. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 provides application level containers to separate and control the application resource usage policies via cgroups and namespaces. This release includes basic management of container life-cycle by allowing creation, editing and deletion of containers via the libvirt API and the virt-manager GUI. Linux Containers are a Technology Preview.
Packages: libvirt-0.9.10-21, virt-manager-0.9.0-14
Diagnostic pulse for the fence_ipmilan agent, BZ#655764
A diagnostic pulse can now be issued on the IPMI interface using the fence_ipmilan agent. This new Technology Preview is used to force a kernel dump of a host if the host is configured to do so. Note that this feature is not a substitute for the off operation in a production cluster.
Package: fence-agents-3.1.5-25

4.8. Virtualization

Performance monitoring in KVM guests, BZ#645365
KVM can now virtualize a performance monitoring unit (vPMU) to allow virtual machines to use performance monitoring. Note that the -cpu flag must be set when using this feature.
With this feature, Red Hat virtualization customers running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 guests can use the CPU's PMU counter while using the performance tool for profiling. The virtual performance monitoring unit feature allows virtual machine users to identify sources of performance problems in their guests, thereby improving the ability to profile a KVM guest from the host.
This feature is a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
Package: kernel-2.6.32-358
Dynamic virtual CPU allocation
KVM now supports dynamic virtual CPU allocation, also called vCPU hot plug, to dynamically manage capacity and react to unexpected load increases on their platforms during off-peak hours.
The virtual CPU hot-plugging feature gives system administrators the ability to dynamically adjust CPU resources in a guest. Because a guest no longer has to be taken offline to adjust the CPU resources, the availability of the guest is increased.
This feature is a Technology Preview in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. Currently, only the vCPU hot-add functionality works. The vCPU hot-unplug feature is not yet implemented.
Package: qemu-kvm-0.12.1.2-2.355
System monitoring via SNMP, BZ#642556
This feature provides KVM support for stable technology that is already used in data center with bare metal systems. SNMP is the standard for monitoring and is extremely well understood as well as computationally efficient. System monitoring via SNMP in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 allows the KVM hosts to send SNMP traps on events so that hypervisor events can be communicated to the user via standard SNMP protocol. This feature is provided through the addition of a new package: libvirt-snmp. This feature is a Technology Preview.
Package: libvirt-snmp-0.0.2-3
Wire speed requirement in KVM network drivers
Virtualization and cloud products that run networking work loads need to run wire speeds. Up until Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1, the only way to reach wire speed on a 10 GB Ethernet NIC with a lower CPU utilization was to use PCI device assignment (passthrough), which limits other features like memory overcommit and guest migration
The macvtap/vhost zero-copy capabilities allow the user to use those features when high performance is required. This feature improves performance for any Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x guest in the VEPA use case. This feature is introduced as a Technology Preview.
Package: qemu-kvm-0.12.1.2-2.355

Chapter 5. Known Issues

5.1. Installation

anaconda component, BZ#895982
Physical-extents size less than 32MB on top of an MD physical volume leads to problems with calculating the capacity of a volume group. To work around this problem, use a physical-extent size of 32MB or leave space double the physical-extent size free when allocating logical volumes. Another option is to change the default 4MB size of a physical extent to 32MB.
anaconda component, BZ#875644
After upgrading the system using kickstart, IBM System z machines halt instead of rebooting, despite the instruction to reboot. To work around this problem, boot the system manually.
anaconda component
Setting the qla4xxx parameter ql4xdisablesysfsboot to 1 may cause boot from SAN failures.
anaconda component
To automatically create an appropriate partition table on disks that are uninitialized or contain unrecognized formatting, use the zerombr kickstart command. The --initlabel option of the clearpart command is not intended to serve this purpose.
anaconda component, BZ#676025
Users performing an upgrade using the Anaconda's text mode interface who do not have a boot loader already installed on the system, or who have a non-GRUB boot loader, need to select Skip Boot Loader Configuration during the installation process. Boot loader configuration will need to be completed manually after installation. This problem does not affect users running Anaconda in the graphical mode (graphical mode also includes VNC connectivity mode).
anaconda component
On s390x systems, you cannot use automatic partitioning and encryption. If you want to use storage encryption, you must perform custom partitioning. Do not place the /boot volume on an encrypted volume.
anaconda component
The order of device names assigned to USB attached storage devices is not guaranteed. Certain USB attached storage devices may take longer to initialize than others, which can result in the device receiving a different name than you expect (for example, sdc instead of sda).
During installation, verify the storage device size, name, and type when configuring partitions and file systems.
kernel component
Recent Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 releases use a new naming scheme for network interfaces on some machines. As a result, the installer may use different names during an upgrade in certain scenarios (typically em1 is used instead of eth0 on new Dell machines). However, the previously used network interface names are preserved on the system and the upgraded system will still use the previously used interfaces. This is not the case for Yum upgrades.
anaconda component
The kdump default on feature currently depends on Anaconda to insert the crashkernel= parameter to the kernel parameter list in the boot loader's configuration file.
firstaidkit component
The firstaidkit-plugin-grub package has been removed from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2. As a consequence, in rare cases, the system upgrade operation may fail with unresolved dependencies if the plug-in has been installed in a previous version of Red Hat Enterprise Linux. To avoid this problem, the firstaidkit-plugin-grub package should be removed before upgrading the system. However, in most cases, the system upgrade completes as expected.
anaconda component, BZ#623261
In some circumstances, disks that contain a whole disk format (for example, an LVM Physical Volume populating a whole disk) are not cleared correctly using the clearpart --initlabel kickstart command. Adding the --all switch—as in clearpart --initlabel --all—ensures disks are cleared correctly.
anaconda component
When installing on the IBM System z architecture, if the installation is being performed over SSH, avoid resizing the terminal window containing the SSH session. If the terminal window is resized during the installation, the installer will exit and the installation will terminate.
yaboot component, BZ#613929
The kernel image provided on the CD/DVD is too large for Open Firmware. Consequently, on the POWER architecture, directly booting the kernel image over a network from the CD/DVD is not possible. Instead, use yaboot to boot from a network.
anaconda component
The Anaconda partition editing interface includes a button labeled Resize. This feature is intended for users wishing to shrink an existing file system and an underlying volume to make room for an installation of a new system. Users performing manual partitioning cannot use the Resize button to change sizes of partitions as they create them. If you determine a partition needs to be larger than you initially created it, you must delete the first one in the partitioning editor and create a new one with the larger size.
system-config-kickstart component
Channel IDs (read, write, data) for network devices are required for defining and configuring network devices on IBM S/390 systems. However, system-config-kickstart—the graphical user interface for generating a kickstart configuration—cannot define channel IDs for a network device. To work around this issue, manually edit the kickstart configuration that system-config-kickstart generates to include the desired network devices.

5.2. Entitlement

subscription-manager component
When firstboot is running in text mode, the user can only register via Red Hat Network Register, not with subscription-manager. Both are available in GUI mode.
subscription-manager component
If multiple repositories are enabled, subscription-manager installs product certificates from all repositories instead of installing the product certificate only from the repository from which the RPM package was installed.
subscription-manager component
firstboot fails to provide Red Hat Network registration to a virtual machine in a NAT-based network; for example, in the libvirt environment. Note that this problem only occurs during the first boot after installation. If you run firstboot manually later, the registration finishes successfully.

5.3. Deployment

389-ds-base component, BZ#878111
The ns-slapd utility terminates unexpectedly if it cannot rename the dirsrv-<instance> log files in the /var/log/ directory due to incorrect permissions on the directory.
cpuspeed component, BZ#626893
Some HP Proliant servers may report incorrect CPU frequency values in /proc/cpuinfo or /sys/device/system/cpu/*/cpufreq. This is due to the firmware manipulating the CPU frequency without providing any notification to the operating system. To avoid this ensure that the HP Power Regulator option in the BIOS is set to OS Control. An alternative available on more recent systems is to set Collaborative Power Control to Enabled.
releng component, BZ#644778
Some packages in the Optional repositories on RHN have multilib file conflicts. Consequently, these packages cannot have both the primary architecture (for example, x86_64) and secondary architecture (for example, i686) copies of the package installed on the same machine simultaneously. To work around this issue, install only one copy of the conflicting package.
grub component, BZ#695951
On certain UEFI-based systems, you may need to type BOOTX64 rather than bootx64 to boot the installer due to case sensitivity issues.
grub component, BZ#698708
When rebuilding the grub package on the x86_64 architecture, the glibc-static.i686 package must be used. Using the glibc-static.x86_64 package will not meet the build requirements.

5.4. Virtualization

qemu-kvm component, BZ#1159613
If a virtio device is created where the number of vectors is set to a value higher than 32, the device behaves as if it was set to a zero value on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, but not on Enterprise Linux 7. The resulting vector setting mismatch causes a migration error if the number of vectors on any virtio device on either platform is set to 33 or higher. It is, therefore, not recommended to set the vector value to be greater than 32.
kernel component
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, if Large Receive Offload (LRO) is enabled with the macvtap driver, a kernel panic can occur on the host machine. This problem was observed on machines using Broadcom, QLogic and Intel cards. To work around the problem, disable LRO by running ethtool -K large-receive-offload off.
kernel component
There is a known issue with the Microsoft Hyper-V host. If a legacy network interface controller (NIC) is used on a multiple-CPU virtual machine, there is an interrupt problem in the emulated hardware when the IRQ balancing daemon is running. Call trace information is logged in the /var/log/messages file.
libvirt component, BZ#888635
Under certain circumstances, virtual machines try to boot from an incorrect device after a network boot failure. For more information, please refer to this article on Customer Portal.
qemu-kvm component, BZ#894277
"Fast startup" used in Microsoft Windows 8 is not fully compatible with qemu-kvm in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. Windows 8 can therefore fail to boot the second time after its shutdown. To ensure successful boot of Windows 8 inside qemu-kvm, disable Windows 8 "fast startup" in System Settings.
numad component, BZ#872524
If numad is run on a system with a task that has very large resident memory (>= 50% total system memory), then the numad-initiated NUMA page migrations for that task can cause swapping. The swapping can then induce long latencies for the system. An example is running a 256GB Microsoft Windows KVM Virtual Machine on a 512GB host. The Windows guest will fault in all pages on boot in order to zero them. On a four node system, numad will detect that a 256GB task can fit in a subset of two or three nodes, and then attempt to migrate it to that subset. Swapping can then occur and lead to latencies. These latencies may then cause the Windows guest to hang, as timing requirements are no longer met. Therefore, on a system with only one or two very large Windows machines, it is recommended to disable numad.
Note that this problem is specific to Windows 2012 guests that use more memory than exists in a single node. Windows 2012 guests appear to allocate memory more gradually than other Windows guest types, which triggers the issue. Other varieties of Windows guests do not seem to experience this problem. You can work around this problem by:
  • limiting Windows 2012 guests to less memory than exists in a given node -- so on a typical 4 node system with even memory distribution, the guest would need to be less than the total amount of system memory divided by 4; or
  • allowing the Windows 2012 guests to finish allocating all of its memory before allowing numad to run. numad will handle extremely huge Windows 2012 guests correctly after allowing a few minutes for the guest to finish allocating all of its memory.
grubby component, BZ#893390
When a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 guest updates the kernel and then the guest is turned of through Microsoft Hyper-V Manager, the guest fails to boot due to incomplete grub information. This is because the data is not synced properly to disk when the machine is turned off through Hyper-V Manager. To work around this problem, execute the sync command before turning the guest off.
kernel component
Using the mouse scroll wheel does not work on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 guests that run under Microsoft Hyper-V Manager installed on a physical machine. However, the scroll wheel works as expected when the vncviewer utility is used.
kernel component, BZ#874406
Microsoft Windows Server 2012 guests using the e1000 driver can become unresponsive consuming 100% CPU during reboot.
kernel component
When a kernel panic is triggered on a Microsoft Hyper-V guest, the kdump utility does not capture the kernel error information; an error is only displayed on the command line.
kernel component
Due to a bug in Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2008 R2, attempting to remove and then reload the hv_utils module on a Hyper-V guest running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 will cause a shutdown and the heartbeat service to not work. To work around this issue, upgrade the host system to Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2012.
quemu-kvm component, BZ#871265
AMD Opteron G1, G2 or G3 CPU models on qemu-kvm use the family and models values as follows: family=15 and model=6. If these values are larger than 20, the lahfm_lm CPU feature is ignored by Linux guests, even when the feature is enabled. To work around this problem, use a different CPU model, for example AMD Opteron G4.
qemu-kvm component, BZ#860929
KVM guests must not be allowed to update the host CPU microcode. KVM does not allows this and instead always returns the same microcode revision or patch level value to the guest. If the guest tries to update the CPU microcode, it will fail and show an error message similar to:
CPU0: update failed (for patch_level=0x6000624)
To work around this, configure the guest to not install CPU microcode updates; for example, uninstall the microcode_ctl package Red Hat Enterprise Linux of Fedora guests.
virt-p2v component, BZ#816930
Converting a physical server running either Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 or Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 which has its file system root on an MD device is not supported. Converting such a guest results in a guest which fails to boot. Note that conversion of a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 server which has its root on an MD device is supported.
virt-p2v component, BZ#808820
When converting a physical host with a multipath storage, Virt-P2V presents all available paths for conversion. Only a single path must be selected. This must be a currently active path.
virtio-win component, BZ#615928
The balloon service on Windows 7 guests can only be started by the Administrator user.
libvirt component, BZ#622649
libvirt uses transient iptables rules for managing NAT or bridging to virtual machine guests. Any external command that reloads the iptables state (such as running system-config-firewall) will overwrite the entries needed by libvirt. Consequently, after running any command or tool that changes the state of iptables, guests may lose access to the network. To work around this issue, use the service libvirt reload command to restore libvirt's additional iptables rules.
virtio-win component, BZ#612801
A Windows virtual machine must be restarted after the installation of the kernel Windows driver framework. If the virtual machine is not restarted, it may crash when a memory balloon operation is performed.
qemu-kvm component, BZ#720597
Installation of Windows 7 Ultimate x86 (32-bit) Service Pack 1 on a guest with more than 4GB of RAM and more than one CPU from a DVD medium often crashes during the final steps of the installation process due to a system hang. To work around this issue, use the Windows Update utility to install the Service Pack.
qemu-kvm component, BZ#612788
A dual function Intel 82576 Gigabit Ethernet Controller interface (codename: Kawela, PCI Vendor/Device ID: 8086:10c9) cannot have both physical functions (PF's) device-assigned to a Windows 2008 guest. Either physical function can be device assigned to a Windows 2008 guest (PCI function 0 or function 1), but not both.
virt-v2v component, BZ#618091
The virt-v2v utility is able to convert guests running on an ESX server. However, if an ESX guest has a disk with a snapshot, the snapshot must be on the same datastore as the underlying disk storage. If the snapshot and the underlying storage are on different datastores, virt-v2v will report a 404 error while trying to retrieve the storage.
virt-v2v component, BZ#678232
The VMware Tools application on Microsoft Windows is unable to disable itself when it detects that it is no longer running on a VMware platform. Consequently, converting a Microsoft Windows guest from VMware ESX, which has VMware Tools installed, will result in errors. These errors usually manifest as error messages on start-up, and a "Stop Error" (also known as a BSOD) when shutting down the guest. To work around this issue, uninstall VMware Tools on Microsoft Windows guests prior to conversion.

5.5. Storage and File Systems

anaconda component
In UEFI mode, when creating a partition for software RAID, anaconda can be unable to allocate the /boot/efi mount point to the software RAID partition and fails with the "have not created /boot/efi" message in such a scenario.
Driver Update Disk component, BZ#904945
The hpsa driver installed from the AMD64 and Intel 64 Driver Update Program ISO might not be loaded properly on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3. Consequently, the system can become unresponsive. To work around this problem, use the pci=nomsi kernel parameter before installing the driver from the ISO.
kernel component, BZ#918647
Thin provisioning uses reference counts to indicate that data is shared between a thin volume and snapshots of the thin volume. There is a known issue with the way reference counts are managed in the case when a discard is issued to a thin volume that has snapshots. Creating snapshots of a thin volume and then issuing discards to the thin volume can therefore result in data loss in the snapshot volumes. Users are strongly encouraged to disable discard support on the thin-pool for the time being. To do so using lvm2 while the pool is offline, use the lvchange --discard ignore <pool> command. Any discards that might be issued to thin volumes will be ignored.
kernel component
Storage that reports a discard_granularity that is not a power of two will cause the kernel to improperly issue discard requests to the underlying storage. This results in I/O errors associated with the failed discard requests. To work around the problem, if possible, do not upgrade to newer vendor storage firmware that reports discard_granularity that is not a power of two.
parted component
Users might be unable to access a partition created by parted. To work around this problem, reboot the machine.
lvm2 component, BZ#852812
When filling a thin pool to 100% by writing to thin volume device, access to all thin volumes using this thin pool can be blocked. To prevent this, try not to overfill the pool. If the pool is overfilled and this error occurs, extend the thin pool with new space to continue using the pool.
dracut component
The Qlogic QLA2xxx driver can miss some paths after booting from Storage Area Network (SAN). To workaround this problem, run the following commands:
echo "options qla2xxx ql2xasynclogin=0" > /etc/modprobe.d/qla2xxx.conf
mkinitrd  /boot/initramfs-`uname -r`.img `uname -r` --force
lvm2 component, BZ#903411
Activating a logical volume can fail if the --thinpool and --discards options are specified on logical-volume creation. To work around this problem, manually deactivate all thin volumes related to the changed thin pool prior to running the lvchange command.
kernel component
Unloading the nfs module can cause the system to terminate unexpectedly if the fsx utility was ran with NFSv4.1 before.
kernel component
Due to a bug in the CIFS mount code, it is not possible to mount Distributed File System (DFS) shares in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
device-mapper-multipath component
When the multipathd service is not running, failed devices will not be restored. However, the multipath command gives no indication that multipathd is not running. Users can unknowingly set up multipath devices without starting the multipathd service, keeping failed paths from automatically getting restored. Make sure to start multipathing by
  • either running:
    ~]# mpathconf --enable
    ~]# service multipathd start
    
  • or:
    ~]# chkconfig multipathd on
    ~]# service multipathd start
    
multipathd will automatically start on boot, and multipath devices will automatically restore failed paths.
lvm2 component, BZ#837603
When the administrator disables use of the lvmetad daemon in the lvm.conf file, but the daemon is still running, the cached metadata are remembered until the daemon is restarted. However, if the use_lvmetad parameter in lvm.conf is reset to 1 without an intervening lvmetad restart, the cached metadata can be incorrect. Consequently, VG metadata can be overwritten with previous versions. To work around this problem, stop the lvmedat daemon manually when disabling use_lvmetad in lvm.conf. The daemon can only be restarted after use_lvmetad has been set to 1. To recover from an out-of-sync lvmetad cache, execute the pvscan --cache command or restart lvmetad. To restore metadata to correct versions, use vgcfrestore with a corresponding file in /etc/lvm/archive.
lvm2 component, BZ#563927
Due to the limitations of the LVM 'mirror' segment type, it is possible to encounter a deadlock situation when snapshots are created of mirrors. The deadlock can occur if snapshot changes (e.g. creation, resizing or removing) happen at the same time as a mirror device failure. In this case, the mirror blocks I/O until LVM can respond to the failure, but the snapshot is holding the LVM lock while trying to read the mirror.
If the user wishes to use mirroring and take snapshots of those mirrors, then it is recommended to use the 'raid1' segment type for the mirrored logical volume instead. This can be done by adding the additional arguments '--type raid1' to the command that creates the mirrored logical volume, as follows:
~]$ lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -L 1G -n my_mirror my_vg
kernel component, BZ#606260
The NFSv4 server in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 currently allows clients to mount using UDP and advertises NFSv4 over UDP with rpcbind. However, this configuration is not supported by Red Hat and violates the RFC 3530 standard.
lvm2 component
The pvmove command cannot currently be used to move mirror devices. However, it is possible to move mirror devices by issuing a sequence of two commands. For mirror images, add a new image on the destination PV and then remove the mirror image on the source PV:
~]$ lvconvert -m +1 <vg/lv> <new PV>
~]$ lvconvert -m -1 <vg/lv> <old PV>
Mirror logs can be handled in a similar fashion:
~]$ lvconvert --mirrorlog core <vg/lv>
~]$ lvconvert --mirrorlog disk <vg/lv> <new PV>
or
~]$ lvconvert --mirrorlog mirrored <vg/lv> <new PV>
~]$ lvconvert --mirrorlog disk <vg/lv> <old PV>

5.6. Networking

samba4 component, BZ#878168
If configured, the Active Directory (AD) DNS server returns IPv4 and IPv6 addresses of an AD server. If the FreeIPA server cannot connect to the AD server with an IPv6 address, running the ipa trust-add command will fail even if it would be possible to use IPv4. To work around this problem, add the IPv4 address of the AD server to the /etc/hosts file. In this case, the FreeIPA server will use only the IPv4 address and executing ipa trust-add will be successful.
kernel component
Destroying the root port before any NPIV ports can cause unexpected system behavior, including a full system crash. Note that one instance where the root port is destroyed before the NPIV ports is when the system is shut down. To work around this problem, destroy NPIV ports before destroying the root port that the NPIV ports were created on. This means that for each created NPIV port, the user should write to the sysfs vport_delete interface to delete that NPIV port. This should be done before the root port is destroyed. Users are advised to script the NPIV port deletion and configure the system such that the script is executed before the fcoe service is stopped, in the shutdown sequence.
kernel component
A Linux LIO FCoE target causes the bfa driver to reset all FCoE targets which might lead to data corruption on LUN. To avoid these problems, do not use the bfa driver with a Linux FCoE target.
NetworkManager component, BZ#896198
A GATEWAY setting in the /etc/sysconfig/network file causes NetworkManager to assign that gateway to all interfaces with static IP addresses, even if their configuration did not specify a gateway or specified a different gateway. Interfaces have the incorrect gateway information and the wrong interface may have the default route. Instead of using GATEWAY in /etc/sysconfig/network to specify which interface receives the default route, set DEFROUTE=no in each ifcfg file that should not have the default route. Any interface connected using configuration from an ifcfg file containing DEFROUTE=no will never receive the default route.
kernel component
Typically, on platforms with no Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) hardware the user can see the following message the on the boot console and in dmesg log:
Could not set up I/O space
This message can be safely ignored, unless the system really does have IPMI hardware. In that case, the message indicates that the IPMI hardware could not be initialized. In order to support Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) opregion access to IPMI functionality early in the boot, the IPMI driver has been statically linked with the kernel image. This means that the IPMI driver is "loaded" whether or not there is any hardware. The IPMI driver will try to initialize the IPMI hardware, but if there is no IPMI hardware present on the booting platform, the driver will print error messages on the console and in the dmesg log. Some of these error messages do not identify themselves as having been issued by the IPMI driver, so they can appear to be serious, when they are harmless.
kernel component
Shutting down the fcoe-target service while the Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) can lead to a kernel crash. Please minimize FCoE traffic before stopping or restarting this service.
fcoe-utils component
After an ixgbe Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) session is created, server reboot can cause some or all of the FCoE sessions to not be created automatically. To work around this problem, follow the following steps (assuming that eth0 is the missing NIC for the FCoE session):
ifconfig eth0 down
ifconfig eth0 up
sleep 5
dcbtool sc eth0 dcb on
sleep 5
dcbtool sc eth0 pfc e:1 a:1 w:1
dcbtool sc eth0 app:fcoe e:1 a:1 w:1
service fcoe restart
fcoe-target-utils component
Using targetcli to configure the FCoE Target will fail with the message Could not create RTSRoot in configFS. To prevent this, ensure that the fcoe-target service is running by executing service fcoe-target start.
libibverbs component
The InfiniBand UD transport test utility could become unresponsive when the ibv_ud_pingpong command was used with a packet size of 2048 or greater. UD is limited to no more than the smallest MTU of any point in the path between point A and B, which is between 0 and 4096 given that the largest MTU supported (but not the smallest nor required) is 4096. If the underlying Ethernet is jumbo frame capable, and with a 4096 IB MTU on an RoCE device, the max packet size that can be used with UD is 4012 bytes.
bind-dyndb-ldap component
IPA creates a new DNS zone in two separate steps. When the new zone is created, it is invalid for a short period of time. A/AAAA records for the name server belonging to the new zone are created after this delay. Sometimes, BIND attempts to load this invalid zone and fails. In such a case, reload BIND by running either rndc reload or service named restart.
selinux-policy component
SELinux can prevent the nmbd service from writing into the /var/, which breaks NetBIOS name resolution and leads to SELinux AVC denials.
kernel component
If multiple DHCP6 servers are configured on multiple VLANs, for example two DHCP6 servers on VLAN1 and VLAN3, the bna driver NIC does not set up a VLAN interface but can get the VLAN3 IPv6 address.
kernel component
The latest version of the sfc NIC driver causes lower UDP and TX performance with large amounts of fragmented UDP packets. This problem can be avoided by setting a constant interrupt moderation period (not adaptive moderation) on both sides, sending and receiving.
kernel component
When IPv6 is administratively disabled via disable=1 module parameter, all of the IPv6 protocol handlers are disabled. This includes any offload handlers that support TSO/GSO. The lack of handlers results in the host dropping any TSO/GSO IPv6 packets it may receive from the guest. This can cause problems with retransmission on the guest and throughput. If you want to disable IPV6 support on the host administratively while enabling and providing IPv6 support to the guest without incurring a performance penalty:
  • set the disable_ipv6 module to 1
  • or use the following sysctl entries:
    • net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6 = 1
    • net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6 = 1
kernel component
Some network interface cards (NICs) may not get an IPv4 address assigned after the system is rebooted. To work around this issue, add the following line to the /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-<interface> file:
LINKDELAY=10
NetworkManager component, BZ#758076
If a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate is not selected when configuring an 802.1x or WPA-Enterprise connection, a dialog appears indicating that a missing CA certificate is a security risk. This dialog presents two options: ignore the missing CA certificate and proceed with the insecure connection, or choose a CA certificate. If the user elects to choose a CA certificate, this dialog disappears and the user may select the CA certificate in the original configuration dialog.
samba component
Current Samba versions shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 are not able to fully control the user and group database when using the ldapsam_compat back end. This back end was never designed to run a production LDAP and Samba environment for a long period of time. The ldapsam_compat back end was created as a tool to ease migration from historical Samba releases (version 2.2.x) to Samba version 3 and greater using the new ldapsam back end and the new LDAP schema. The ldapsam_compat back end lack various important LDAP attributes and object classes in order to fully provide full user and group management. In particular, it cannot allocate user and group IDs. In the Red Hat Enterprise Linux Reference Guide, it is pointed out that this back end is likely to be deprecated in future releases. Refer to Samba's documentation for instructions on how to migrate existing setups to the new LDAP schema.
When you are not able to upgrade to the new LDAP schema (though upgrading is strongly recommended and is the preferred solution), you may work around this issue by keeping a dedicated machine running an older version of Samba (v2.2.x) for the purpose of user account management. Alternatively, you can create user accounts with standard LDIF files. The important part is the assignment of user and group IDs. In that case, the old Samba 2.2 algorithmic mapping from Windows RIDs to Unix IDs is the following: user RID = UID * 2 + 1000, while for groups it is: group RID = GID * 2 + 1001. With these workarounds, users can continue using the ldapsam_compat back end with their existing LDAP setup even when all the above restrictions apply.
kernel component
Because Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 defaults to using Strict Reverse Path filtering, packets are dropped by default when the route for outbound traffic differs from the route of incoming traffic. This is in line with current recommended practice in RFC3704. For more information about this issue please refer to /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<version>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt and https://access.redhat.com/site/solutions/53031.

5.7. Clustering

corosync component
The redundant ring feature of corosync is not fully supported in combination with InfiniBand or Distributed Lock Manager (DLM). A double ring failure can cause both rings to break at the same time on different nodes. In addition, DLM is not functional if ring0 is down.
selinux-policy component
The fence-sanlock agent does not support SELinux in Enforcing mode at the moment.
lvm2 component, BZ#814779
Clustered environment is not supported by lvmetad at the moment. If global/use_lvmetad=1 is used together with global/locking_type=3 configuration setting (clustered locking), the use_lvmetad setting is automatically overriden to 0 and lvmetad is not used in this case at all. Also, the following warning message is displayed:
WARNING: configuration setting use_lvmetad overriden to 0 due to locking_type 3. Clustered environment not supported by lvmetad yet.
luci component, BZ#615898
luci will not function with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 clusters unless each cluster node has ricci version 0.12.2-14.

5.8. Authentication

ipa component, BZ#894388
The Identity Management installer configures all integrated services to listen on all interfaces. The administrator has no means to instruct the Identity Management installer to listen only on chosen interfaces even though the installer requires a valid interface IP address as one installation parameter. To work around this problem, change service configuration after Identity Management installation.
ipa component, BZ#894378
Identity Management LDAP permission manipulation plugin validates subtree and filter permission specifiers as mutually exclusive even though it is a valid combination in the underlying LDAP Access Control Instruction (ACI). Permissions with filter and subtree specifiers can be neither created nor modified. This affects for example the Add Automount Keys permission which cannot be modified.
ipa component, BZ#817080
In some cases the certificates tracked by certmonger are not cleared when running the ipa-server-install --uninstall command. This will cause a subsequent re-installation to fail with an unexpected error.
sssd component, BZ#892604
The ssh_cache utility sets the DEBUG level after it processes the command-line parameters. If the command-line parameters cannot be processed, the utility prints DEBUG lines that are not supposed to be printed by default. To avoid this, correct parameters must be used.
sssd component, BZ#891647
It is possible to specify the enumerate=true value in the sssd.conf file to access all users in the system. However, using enumerate=true is not recommended in large environments as this can lead to high CPU consumption. As a result, operations like login or logout can be slowed down.
ipa component, BZ#888579
The Identity Management server processes Kerberos Password Expiration Time field as a 32-bit integer. If Maximum Lifetime of a user password in Identity Management Password Policy is set to a value causing the resulting Kerberos Password Expiration Time timestamp to exceed 32 bits and to overflow, the passwords that are being changed are configured with an expiration time that lies in the past and are always rejected. To ensure that new user passwords are valid and can be changed properly, do not set password Maximum Lifetime in Identity Management Password Policy to values that would cause the Kerberos Password Expiration Time timestamp to exceed 32 bits; that is, passwords that would expire after 2038-01-19. At the moment, recommended values for the Maximum Lifetime field are numbers lower than 9000 days.
sssd component, BZ#785877
When reconnecting to an LDAP server, SSSD does not check it was re-initialized during the downtime. If the server was re-initialized during the downtime and was filled with completely different data, SSSD does not update its database. As a consequence, the user can get invalid information from SSSD. To work around this problem:
  1. stop SSSD before reconnecting to the re-initialized server;
  2. clear the SSSD caches manually before reconnecting;
  3. start SSSD.
krb5 component
In environments where entropy is scarce, the kadmind tool can take longer to initialize after startup than it did in previous releases as it attempts to read data from the /dev/random file and seed its internal random number generator (RNG). Clients which attempt to connect to the kadmin service can time out and fail with a GSS-API or Kerberos error. After the service completely finishes initializing itself, it will process messages received from now-disconnected clients and can log clock-skew or decrypt-integrity-check-failed errors for those connections. To work around this problem, use a service such as rngd to seed the system RNG using hardware sources of entropy.
ipa component, BZ#887193
The Identity Management server in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 introduced a technical preview of SELinux user mapping feature, which enabled a mapping of SELinux users to users managed by the Identity Management based on custom rules. However, the default configured SELinux user (guest_u:s0) used when no custom rule matches is too constraining. An Identity Management user authenticating to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 can be assigned the too constraining SELinux user in which case a login through graphical session would always fail. To work around this problem, change a too constraining default SELinux user in the Identity Management server from guest_u:s0 to a more relaxed value unconfined_u:s0-s0:c0.c1023:
kinit admin
ipa config-mod --ipaselinuxusermapdefault=unconfined_u:s0-s0:c0.c1023
An unconfined SELinux user will be now assigned to the Identity Management user by default, which will allow the user to successfully authenticate through graphical interface.
ipa component, BZ#761574
When attempting to view a host in the web UI, the following message can appear:
Certificate operation cannot be completed: Unable to communicate with CMS (Unauthorized)
Attempting to delete installed certificates through the web UI or command-line interface can fail with the same error message. To work around this problem, run the following command:
~]# yum downgrade ipa-server libipa_hbac libipa_hbac-python ipa-python ipa-client ipa-admintools ipa-server-selinux
ipa component, BZ#877324
After upgrading to Red Hat Identity Manager 2.2, it is not possible to add SSH public keys in the web UI. However, SSH public keys can be added on the command line by running ipa user-mod <user> --sshpubkey.
sssd component, BZ#880150
Rules with sudoUser specified as +netgroup are always matched with the sssd sudoers plugin.
sssd component
When the ldap_sasl_authid is not configured in the sssd.conf file, SSSD terminates unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. To avoid this problem, ensure that the option is configured.
ipa component
When upgrading the ipa-server package using anaconda, the following error message is logged in the upgrade.log file:
/sbin/restorecon:  lstat(/var/lib/pki-ca/publish*) failed:  No such file or directory
This problem does not occur when using yum.
sssd component
In the Identity Manager subdomain code, a User Principal Name (UPN) is by default built from the SAM Account Name and Active Directory trust users, that is user@DOMAIN. The UPN can be changed to differ from the UPN in Active Directory, however only the default format, user@DOMAIN, is supported.
sssd component, BZ#805921
Sometimes, group members may not be visible when running the getent group groupname command. This can be caused by an incorrect ldap_schema in the [domain/DOMAINNAME] section of the sssd.conf file. SSSD supports three LDAP schema types: RFC 2307, RFC 2307bis, and IPA. By default, SSSD uses the more common RFC 2307 schema. The difference between RFC 2307 and RFC 2307bis is the way which group membership is stored in the LDAP server. In an RFC 2307 server, group members are stored as the multi-valued memberuid attribute which contains the name of the users that are members. In an RFC2307bis server, group members are stored as the multi-valued attribute member (or sometimes uniqueMember) which contains the DN of the user or group that is a member of this group. RFC2307bis allows nested groups to be maintained as well.
When encountering this problem:
  • add ldap_schema = rfc2307bis in the sssd.conf file,
  • detele the /var/lib/sss/db/cache_DOMAINNAME.ldb file,
  • and restart SSSD.
If the workaround does not work, add ldap_group_member = uniqueMember in the sssd.conf file, delete the cache file and restart SSSD.
Identity Management component, BZ#826973
When Identity Management is installed with its CA certificate signed by an external CA, the installation is processed in 2 stages. In the first stage, a CSR is generated to be signed by an external CA. The second stage of the installation then accepts a file with the new signed certificate for the Identity Management CA and a certificate of the external CA. During the second stage of the installation, a signed Identity Management CA certificate subject is validated. However, there is a bug in the certificate subject validation procedure and its default value (O=$REALM, where $REALM is the realm of the new Identity Management installation) is never pulled. Consequently, the second stage of the installation process always fails unless the --subject option is specified. To work around this issue, add the following option for the second stage of the installation: --subject "O=$REALM" where $REALM is the realm of the new Identity Management installation. If a custom subject was used for the first stage of the installation, use its value instead. Using this work around, the certificate subject validation procedure succeeds and the installation continues as expected.
Identity Management component, BZ#822350
When a user is migrated from a remote LDAP, the user's entry in the Directory Server does not contain Kerberos credentials needed for a Kerberos login. When the user visits the password migration page, Kerberos credentials are generated for the user and logging in via Kerberos authentication works as expected. However, Identity Management does not generate the credentials correctly when the migrated password does not follow the password policy set on the Identity Management server. Consequently, when the password migration is done and a user tries to log in via Kerberos authentication, the user is prompted to change the password as it does not follow the password policy, but the password change is never successful and the user is not able to use Kerberos authentication. To work around this issue, an administrator can reset the password of a migrated user with the ipa passwd command. When reset, user's Kerberos credentials in the Directory Server are properly generated and the user is able to log in using Kerberos authentication.
Identity Management component
In the Identity Management webUI, deleting a DNS record may, under come circumstances, leave it visible on the page showing DNS records. This is only a display issue and does not affect functionality of DNS records in any way.
Identity Management component, BZ#790513
The ipa-client package does not install the policycoreutils package as its dependency, which may cause install/uninstall issues when using the ipa-client-install setup script. To work around this issue, install the policycoreutils package manually:
~]# yum install policycoreutils
Identity Management component, BZ#813376
Updating the Identity Management LDAP configuration via the ipa-ldap-updater fails with a traceback error when executed by a non-root user due to the SASL EXTERNAL bind requiring root privileges. To work around this issue, run the aforementioned command as the root user.
Identity Management component, BZ#794882
With netgroups, when adding a host as a member that Identity Management does not have stored as a host already, that host is considered to be an external host. This host can be controlled with netgroups, but Identity Management has no knowledge of it. Currently, there is no way to use the netgroup-find option to search for external hosts.
Also, note that when a host is added to a netgroup as an external host, rather than being added in Identity Management as an external host, that host is not automatically converted within the netgroup rule.
Identity Management component, BZ#786629
Because a permission does not provide write access to an entry, delegation does not work as expected. The 389 Directory Server (389-ds) distinguishes access between entries and attributes. For example, an entry can be granted add or delete access, whereas an attribute can be granted read, search, and write access. To grant write access to an entry, the list of writable attributes needs to be provided. The filter, subtree, and other options are used to target those entries which are writable. Attributes define which part(s) of those entries are writable. As a result, the list of attributes will be writable to members of the permission.
sssd component, BZ#808063
The manpage entry for the ldap_disable_paging option in the sssd-ldap man page does not indicate that it accepts the boolean values True or False, and defaulting to False if it is not explicitly specified.
Identity Management component, BZ#812127
Identity Management relies on the LDAP schema to know what type of data to expect in a given attribute. If, in certain situations (such as replication), data that does not meet those expectations is inserted into an attribute, Identity Management will not be able to handle the entry, and LDAP tools have do be used to manually clean up that entry.
Identity Management component, BZ#812122
Identity Management sudo commands are not case sensitive. For example, executing the following commands will result in the latter one failing due to the case insensitivity:
~]$ ipa sudocmd-add /usr/bin/X
⋮
~]$ ipa sudocmd-add /usr/bin/x
ipa: ERROR: sudo command with name "/usr/bin/x" already exists
Identity Management component
When an Identity Management server is installed with a custom hostname that is not resolvable, the ipa-server-install command should add a record to the static hostname lookup table in /etc/hosts and enable further configuration of Identity Management integrated services. However, a record is not added to /etc/hosts when an IP address is passed as an CLI option and not interactively. Consequently, Identity Management installation fails because integrated services that are being configured expect the Identity Management server hostname to be resolvable. To work around this issue, complete one of the following:
  • Run the ipa-server-install without the --ip-address option and pass the IP address interactively.
  • Add a record to /etc/hosts before the installation is started. The record should contain the Identity Management server IP address and its full hostname (the hosts(5) man page specifies the record format).
As a result, the Identity Management server can be installed with a custom hostname that is not resolvable.
sssd component
Upgrading SSSD from the version provided in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 to the version shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 may fail due to a bug in the dependent library libldb. This failure occurs when the SSSD cache contains internal entries whose distinguished name contains the \, character sequence. The most likely example of this is for an invalid memberUID entry to appear in an LDAP group of the form:
memberUID: user1,user2
memberUID is a multi-valued attribute and should not have multiple users in the same attribute.
If the upgrade issue occurs, identifiable by the following debug log message:
(Wed Nov  2 15:18:21 2011) [sssd] [ldb] (0): A transaction is still active in
ldb context [0xaa0460] on /var/lib/sss/db/cache_<DOMAIN>.ldb
remove the /var/lib/sss/db/cache_<DOMAIN>.ldb file and restart SSSD.

Warning

Removing the /var/lib/sss/db/cache_<DOMAIN>.ldb file purges the cache of all entries (including cached credentials).
sssd component, BZ#751314
When a group contains certain incorrect multi-valued memberUID values, SSSD fails to sanitize the values properly. The memberUID value should only contain one username. As a result, SSSD creates incorrect users, using the broken memberUID values as their usernames. This, for example, causes problems during cache indexing.
Identity Management component
Two Identity Management servers, both with a CA (Certificate Authority) installed, use two replication replication agreements. One is for user, group, host, and other related data. Another replication agreement is established between the CA instances installed on the servers. If the CA replication agreement is broken, the Identity Management data is still shared between the two servers, however, because there is no replication agreement between the two CAs, issuing a certificate on one server will cause the other server to not recognize that certificate, and vice versa.
Identity Management component
The Identity Management (ipa) package cannot be build with a 6ComputeNode subscription.
sssd component, BZ#741264
Active Directory performs certain LDAP referral-chasing that is incompatible with the referral mechanism included in the openldap libraries. Notably, Active Directory sometimes attempts to return a referral on an LDAP bind attempt, which used to cause a hang, and is now denied by the openldap libraries. As a result, SSSD may suffer from performance issues and occasional failures resulting in missing information.
To work around this issue, disable referral-chasing by setting the following parameter in the [domain/DOMAINNAME] section of the /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file:
ldap_referrals = false

5.9. Devices

kernel component
A Linux LIO FCoE target causes the bnx2fc driver to perform sequence level error recovery when the target is down. As a consequence, the FCoE session cannot be resumed after the Ethernet link is bounced, the bnx2fc kernel module cannot be unloaded and the FCoE session cannot be removed when running the fcoeadm -d eth0 command. To avoid these problems, do not use the bnx2fc driver with a Linux FCoE target.
kernel component
When using large block size (1MB), the tape driver sometimes returns an EBUSY error. To work around this problem, use a smaller block size, that is 256KB.
kernel component
On some of the older Broadcom tg3 devices, the default Maximum Read Request Size (MRRS) value of 512 byte is known to cause lower performance. It is because these devices perform direct memory access (DMA) requests serially. 1500-byte ethernet packet will be broken into 3 PCIE read requests using 512 byte MRRS. When using a higher MRRS value, the DMA transfer can be faster as fewer requests will be needed. However, the MRRS value is meant to be tuned by system software and not by the driver. PCIE Base spec 3.0 section 7.8.4 contains an implementation note that illustrates how system software might tune the MRRS for all devices in the system. As a result, Broadcom modified the tg3 driver to remove the code that sets the MRRS to 4K bytes so that any value selected by system software (BIOS) will be preserved.
kernel component
The Brocade BFA Fibre Channel and FCoE driver does not currently support dynamic recognition of Logical Unit addition or removal using the sg3_utils utilities (for example, the sg_scan command) or similar functionality. Please consult Brocade directly for a Brocade equivalent of this functionality.
kernel component
iSCSI and FCoE boot support on Broadcom devices is not included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4. These two features, which are provided by the bnx2i and bnx2fc Broadcom drivers, remain a Technology Preview until further notice.
kexec-tools component
Starting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0 and later, kexec kdump supports dumping core to the Brtfs file system. However, note that because the findfs utility in busybox does not support Btrfs yet, UUID/LABEL resolving is not functional. Avoid using the UUID/LABEL syntax when dumping core to Btrfs file systems.
trace-cmd component
The trace-cmd service does start on 64-bit PowerPC and IBM System z systems because the sys_enter and sys_exit events do not get enabled on the aforementioned systems.
trace-cmd component
trace-cmd's subcommand, report, does not work on IBM System z systems. This is due to the fact that the CONFIG_FTRACE_SYSCALLS parameter is not set on IBM System z systems.
libfprint component
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 only has support for the first revision of the UPEK Touchstrip fingerprint reader (USB ID 147e:2016). Attempting to use a second revision device may cause the fingerprint reader daemon to crash. The following command returns the version of the device being used in an individual machine:
~]$ lsusb -v -d 147e:2016 | grep bcdDevice
kernel component
The Emulex Fibre Channel/Fibre Channel-over-Ethernet (FCoE) driver in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 does not support DH-CHAP authentication. DH-CHAP authentication provides secure access between hosts and mass storage in Fibre-Channel and FCoE SANs in compliance with the FC-SP specification. Note, however that the Emulex driver (lpfc) does support DH-CHAP authentication on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, from version 5.4. Future Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 releases may include DH-CHAP authentication.
kernel component
The recommended minimum HBA firmware revision for use with the mpt2sas driver is "Phase 5 firmware" (that is, with version number in the form 05.xx.xx.xx). Note that following this recommendation is especially important on complex SAS configurations involving multiple SAS expanders.

5.10. Kernel

kernel component
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, irqbalance has been updated to upstream version 1.0.4. This version of irqbalance requires /sys/device/system/cpu/cpu?/node* to exist; however, kernel-2.6.32-358 or earlier does not include support for this sysfs node. To work around this problem, use the irqbalance-0.55-35.el6_3 package or earlier.
kernel component
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 changed the maximum read/write socket memory default value to be higher, allowing for better performance on some machines. It was observed that if the values of ?mem_max are not symmetrical between two machines, the performance can be negatively affected. To work around this problem, adjust the value of ?mem_max to be equal across all Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems in the network.
kabi-whitelists component
The vxfs module might not work properly on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 because of the broken radix_tree_gang_lookup_slot symbol. Consult Symantec should you require a workaround for this issue.
kernel component
Enabling TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO) on TAP interface may cause low throughput when the uplink is a high-speed interface. To improve throughput, turn off TSO on the tap interface of the virtual machine.
kabi-whitelists component, BZ#871580
A patch submitted in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 broke a kABI symbol. Consequently, the previously working Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 Veritas vxfs module did not work on the 6.3 kernel; a newer compiled version of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 Veritas vxfs module had to be used. In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, the kABI issue has been fixed, and the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 Veritas vxfs module works as expected. Refer to Table 5.1, “Functionality Matrix” for a summary of what versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 and vxfs function as expected.
Table 5.1. Functionality Matrix
 Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version (Kernel Version)
   6.2 GA (2.6.32-220.el6) 6.3 GA (2.6.32-279.el6) 6.4 pre-alpha (2.6.32-330.el6)
vxfs Module Version 5.1.120.000-SP1PR2worksfailsworks
5.1.133.000-SP1RP3-worksfail
kernel component
When using Chelsio's iSCSI HBAs for an iSCSI root partition, the first boot after install fails. This occurs because Chelsio's iSCSI HBA is not properly detected. To work around this issue, users must add the iscsi_firmware parameter to grub's kernel command line. This will signal to dracut to boot from the iSCSI HBA.
kernel component
The installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 i386 may occasionally fail. To work around this issue, add the following parameter to the kernel command line:
vmalloc=256MB
kernel component
If a device reports an error, while it is opened (via the open(2) system call), then the device is closed (via the close(2) system call), and the /dev/disk/by-id link for the device may be removed. When the problem on the device that caused the error is resolved, the by-id link is not re-created. To work around this issue, run the following command:
~]# echo 'change' > /sys/class/block/sdX/uevent
kernel component
When an HBA that uses the mpt2sas driver is connected to a storage using an SAS switch LSI SAS 6160, the driver may become unresponsive during Controller Fail Drive Fail (CFDF) testing. This is due to faulty firmware that is present on the switch. To fix this issue, use a newer version (14.00.00.00 or later) of firmware for the LSI SAS 6160 switch.
kernel component, BZ#745713
In some cases, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 guests running fully-virtualized under Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 experience a time drift or fail to boot. In other cases, drifting may start after migration of the virtual machine to a host with different speed. This is due to limitations in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Xen hypervisor. To work around this, add the nohpet parameter or, alternatively, the clocksource=jiffies parameter to the kernel command line of the guest. Or, if running under Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 or newer, locate the guest configuration file for the guest and add the hpet=0 parameter in it.
kernel component
On some systems, Xen full-virt guests may print the following message when booting:
WARNING: BIOS bug: CPU MTRRs don't cover all of memory, losing <number>MB of RAM
It is possible to avoid the memory trimming by using the disable_mtrr_trim kernel command line option.
kernel component
The perf record command becomes unresponsive when specifying a tracepoint event and a hardware event at the same time.
kernel component
On 64-bit PowerPC, the following command may cause kernel panic:
~]# ./perf record -agT -e sched:sched_switch -F 100 -- sleep 3
kernel component
Applications are increasingly using more than 1024 file descriptors. It is not recommended to increase the default soft limit of file descriptors because it may break applications that use the select() call. However, it is safe to increase the default hard limit; that way, applications requiring a large amount of file descriptors can increase their soft limit without needing root privileges and without any user intervention.
kernel component
In network only use of Brocade Converged Network Adapters (CNAs), switches that are not properly configured to work with Brocade FCoE functionality can cause a continuous linkup/linkdown condition. This causes continuous messages on the host console:
bfa xxxx:xx:xx.x: Base port (WWN = xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx) lost fabric connectivity
To work around this issue, unload the Brocade bfa driver.
kernel component
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, a legacy bug in the PowerEdge Expandable RAID Controller 5 (PERC5) which causes the kdump kernel to fail to scan for scsi devices. It is usually triggered when a large amounts of I/O operations are pending on the controller in the first kernel before performing a kdump.
kernel component, BZ#679262
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2 and later, due to security concerns, addresses in /proc/kallsyms and /proc/modules show all zeros when accessed by a non-root user.
kernel component
Superfluous information is displayed on the console due to a correctable machine check error occurring. This information can be safely ignored by the user. Machine check error reporting can be disabled by using the nomce kernel boot option, which disables machine check error reporting, or the mce=ignore_ce kernel boot option, which disables correctable machine check error reporting.
kernel component
The order in which PCI devices are scanned may change from one major Red Hat Enterprise Linux release to another. This may result in device names changing, for example, when upgrading from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 to 6. You must confirm that a device you refer to during installation, is the intended device.
One way to assure the correctness of device names is to, in some configurations, determine the mapping from the controller name to the controller's PCI address in the older release, and then compare this to the mapping in the newer release, to ensure that the device name is as expected.
The following is an example from /var/log/messages:
kernel: cciss0: <0x3230> at PCI 0000:1f:00.0 IRQ 71 using DAC
…
kernel: cciss1: <0x3230> at PCI 0000:02:00.0 IRQ 75 using DAC
If the device name is incorrect, add the pci=bfsort parameter to the kernel command line, and check again.
kernel component
The minimum firmware version for NIC adapters managed by netxen_nic is 4.0.550. This includes the boot firmware which is flashed in option ROM on the adapter itself.
kernel component
High stress on 64-bit IBM POWER series machines prevents kdump from successfully capturing the vmcore. As a result, the second kernel is not loaded, and the system becomes unresponsive.
kernel component
Triggering kdump to capture a vmcore through the network using the Intel 82575EB ethernet device in a 32 bit environment causes the networking driver to not function properly in the kdump kernel, and prevent the vmcore from being captured.
kernel component
Memory Type Range Register (MTRR) setup on some hyperthreaded machines may be incorrect following a suspend/resume cycle. This can cause graphics performance (specifically, scrolling) to slow considerably after a suspend/resume cycle.
To work around this issue, disable and then re-enable the hyperthreaded sibling CPUs around suspend/resume, for example:
#!/bin/sh
# Disable hyper-threading processor cores on suspend and hibernate, re-enable
# on resume.
# This file goes into /etc/pm/sleep.d/

case $1 in
        hibernate|suspend)
                echo 0 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/online
                echo 0 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu3/online
                ;;

        thaw|resume)
                echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/online
                echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu3/online
                ;;
esac
kernel component
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.2, nmi_watchdog registers with the perf subsystem. Consequently, during boot, the perf subsystem grabs control of the performance counter registers, blocking OProfile from working. To resolve this, either boot with the nmi_watchdog=0 kernel parameter set, or run the following command to disable it at run time:
echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog
To re-enable nmi-watchdog, use the following command
echo 1 > /proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog
kernel component, BZ#603911
Due to the way ftrace works when modifying the code during start-up, the NMI watchdog causes too much noise and ftrace can not find a quiet period to instrument the code. Consequently, machines with more than 512 CPUs will encounter issues with the NMI watchdog. Such issues will return error messages similar to BUG: NMI Watchdog detected LOCKUP and have either ftrace_modify_code or ipi_handler in the backtrace. To work around this issue, disable NMI watchdog by setting the nmi_watchdog=0 kernel parameter, or using the following command at run time:
echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog
kernel component
On 64-bit POWER systems the EHEA NIC driver will fail when attempting to dump a vmcore via NFS. To work around this issue, utilize other kdump facilities, for example dumping to the local file system, or dumping over SSH.
kernel component, BZ#587909
A BIOS emulated floppy disk might cause the installation or kernel boot process to hang. To avoid this, disable emulated floppy disk support in the BIOS.
kernel component
The preferred method to enable nmi_watchdog on 32-bit x86 systems is to use either nmi_watchdog=2 or nmi_watchdog=lapic parameters. The parameter nmi_watchdog=1 is not supported.
kernel component
The kernel parameter, pci=noioapicquirk, is required when installing the 32-bit variant of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 on HP xw9300 workstations. Note that the parameter change is not required when installing the 64-bit variant.

5.11. Desktop

firefox package
In certain environments, storing personal Firefox configuration files (~/.mozilla/) on an NFS share, such as when your home directory is on a NFS share, led to Firefox functioning incorrectly, for example, navigation buttons not working as expected, and bookmarks not saving. This update adds a new configuration option, storage.nfs_filesystem, that can be used to resolve this issue. If you experience this issue:
  1. Start Firefox.
  2. Type about:config into the URL bar and press the Enter key.
  3. If prompted with "This might void your warranty!", click the I'll be careful, I promise! button.
  4. Right-click in the Preference Name list. In the menu that opens, select NewBoolean.
  5. Type "storage.nfs_filesystem" (without quotes) for the preference name and then click the OK button.
  6. Select true for the boolean value and then press the OK button.
Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux-Release_Notes-6 component
The link in the RELEASE-NOTES-si-LK.html file (provided by the Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux-Release_Notes-6-si-LK package) incorrectly points at the Beta online version of the 6.4 Release Notes. Because the si-LK language is no longer supported, the link should correctly point to the en-US online 6.4 Release Notes located at: https://access.redhat.com/site/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html-single/6.4_Release_Notes/index.html.
libwacom component
The Lenovo X220 Tablet Touchscreen is not supported in the kernel shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
wacomcpl package, BZ#769466
The wacomcpl package has been deprecated and has been removed from the package set. The wacomcpl package provided graphical configuration of Wacom tablet settings. This functionality is now integrated into the GNOME Control Center.
acroread component
Running a AMD64 system without the sssd-client.i686 package installed, which uses SSSD for getting information about users, causes acroread to fail to start. To work around this issue, manually install the sssd-client.i686 package.
kernel component, BZ#681257
With newer kernels, such as the kernel shipped in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1, Nouveau has corrected the Transition Minimized Differential Signaling (TMDS) bandwidth limits for pre-G80 NVIDIA chipsets. Consequently, the resolution auto-detected by X for some monitors may differ from that used in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.0.
fprintd component
When enabled, fingerprint authentication is the default authentication method to unlock a workstation, even if the fingerprint reader device is not accessible. However, after a 30 second wait, password authentication will become available.
evolution component
Evolution's IMAP backend only refreshes folder contents under the following circumstances: when the user switches into or out of a folder, when the auto-refresh period expires, or when the user manually refreshes a folder (that is, using the menu item FolderRefresh). Consequently, when replying to a message in the Sent folder, the new message does not immediately appear in the Sent folder. To see the message, force a refresh using one of the methods describe above.
anaconda component
The clock applet in the GNOME panel has a default location of Boston, USA. Additional locations are added via the applet's preferences dialog. Additionally, to change the default location, left-click the applet, hover over the desired location in the Locations section, and click the Set... button that appears.
xorg-x11-server component, BZ#623169
In some multi-monitor configurations (for example, dual monitors with both rotated), the cursor confinement code produces incorrect results. For example, the cursor may be permitted to disappear off the screen when it should not, or be prevented from entering some areas where it should be allowed to go. Currently, the only workaround for this issue is to disable monitor rotation.

5.12. Tools

coolkey component, BZ#906537
Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Endpoint Cards which support both CAC and PIV interfaces might not work with the latest coolkey update; some signature operations like PKINIT can fail. To work around this problem, downgrade coolkey to the version shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3.
libreport component
Even if the stored credentials are used , the report-gtk utility can report the following error message:
Wrong settings detected for Red Hat Customer Support [..]
To work around this problem, close the dialog window; the Login=<rhn-user> and Password=<rhn-password> credentials in the /etc/libreport/plugins/rhtsupport.conf will be used in the same way they are used by report-rhtsupport.
For more information, refer to this Knowledge Base article.
vlock component
When a user password is used to lock a console with vlock, the console can only be unlocked with the user password, not the root password. That is, even if the first inserted password is incorrect, and the user is prompted to provide the root password, entering the root password fails with an error message.
libreoffice component
Libreoffice contains a number of harmless files used for testing purposes. However, on Microsoft Windows system, these files can trigger false positive alerts on various anti-virus software, such as Microsoft Security Essentials. For example, the alerts can be triggered when scanning the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 ISO file.
gnome-power-manager component
When the computer runs on battery, custom brightness level is not remembered and restored if power saving features like "dim display when idle" or "reduce backlight brightness when idle" are enabled.
rsyslog component
rsyslog does not reload its configuration after a SIGHUP signal is issued. To reload the configuration, the rsyslog daemon needs to be restarted:
~]# service rsyslog restart
parted component
The parted utility in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 cannot handle Extended Address Volumes (EAV) Direct Access Storage Devices (DASD) that have more than 65535 cylinders. Consequently, EAV DASD drives cannot be partitioned using parted, and installation on EAV DASD drives will fail. To work around this issue, complete the installation on a non EAV DASD drive, then add the EAV device after the installation using the tools provided in the s390-utils package.

Chapter 6. New Packages

New dev86 and iasl packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The dev86 and iasl packages are build dependencies of the qemu-kvm package.
This enhancement update adds the dev86 and iasl packages to the 32-bit x862 Optional channels of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#901677, BZ#901678)
All users who require dev86 and iasl are advised to install these new packages.
New hypervkvpd packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The hypervkvpd packages contain hypervkvpd, the guest Hyper-V Key-Value Pair (KVP) daemon. Using VMbus, hypervkvpd passes basic information to the host. The information includes guest IP address, fully qualified domain name, operating system name, and operating system release number. An IP injection functionality is also provided which allows you to change the IP address of a guest from the host via the hypervkvpd daemon.
This enhancement update adds the hypervkvpd packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. For more information about inclusion of, and guest installation support for, Microsoft Hyper-V drivers, refer to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Release Notes. (BZ#850674)
All users who require hypervkvpd are advised to install these new packages. After installing the hypervkvpd packages, rebooting all guest machines is recommended, otherwise the Microsoft Windows server with Hyper-V might not be able to get information from these guest machines.
New libjpeg-turbo packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The libjpeg-turbo packages contain a library of functions for manipulating JPEG images. They also contain simple client programs for accessing the libjpeg functions. These packages provide the same functionality and API as libjpeg but with better performance.
This enhancement update adds the libjpeg-turbo packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#788687)
All users who require libjpeg-turbo are advised to install these new packages.
New pcs packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The pcs packages provide a command-line tool and graphical web interface to configure and manage pacemaker and corosync.
This enhancement update adds the pcs package as a Technology Preview. (BZ#657370)
More information about Red Hat Technology Previews is available here:
All users who want to use the pcs Technology Preview are advised to install these new packages.
A new haproxy package is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The haproxy package provides a reliable, high-performance network load balancer for TCP and HTTP-based applications. It is particularly suited for web sites crawling under very high loads while needing persistence or Layer7 processing.
This enhancement update adds the haproxy package to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 as a Technology Preview. (BZ#846067)
More information about Red Hat Technology Previews is available at
All users who want to use the haproxy Technology Preview should install this newly-released package, which adds this enhancement.
A new keepalived package is now available as a Technology Preview for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The keepalived package provides simple and robust facilities for load-balancing and high-availability. The load-balancing framework relies on the well-known and widely used Linux Virtual Server kernel module providing Layer4 network load-balancing. The keepalived daemon implements a set of health checkers to load-balanced server pools according their state. The keepalived daemon also implements the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), allowing router or director failover to achieve high availability.
This enhancement update adds the keepalived package to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 as a Technology Preview. (BZ#846064)
More information about Red Hat Technology Previews is available at
All users who want to use the keepalived Technology Preview should install this newly-released package, which adds this enhancement.
New linuxptp packages are now available as a Technology Preview for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Linux PTP project is a software implementation of the Precision Time Protocol (PTP) according to IEEE standard 1588 for Linux. These packages provide a robust implementation of the standard and use the most relevant and modern Application Programming Interfaces (API) offered by the Linux kernel. Supporting legacy APIs and other platforms is not a goal.
This enhancement update adds the linuxptp packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 as a Technology preview. (BZ#848856)
More information about Red Hat Technology Previews is available here:
All users who want to use the linuxptp Technology Preview should install these newly-released packages, which add this enhancement.
New libitm packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The libitm packages contain the GNU Transactional Memory runtime library that provides GCC transactional memory support.
This enhancement update adds the libitm packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#813301)
All users who require libitm are advised to install these new packages.
New scipy packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The SciPy package provides software for mathematics, science, and engineering. The NumPy package, which is designed to manipulate large multi-dimensional arrays of arbitrary records, is the core library for SciPy. The SciPy library is built to work with NumPy arrays and provides various efficient numerical routines, for example routines for numerical integration and optimization.
This enhancement update adds the scipy packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#697530)
All users who require scipy are advised to install these new package.
New suitesparse packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The suitesparse packages are a collection of libraries for computations involving sparse matrices.
This enhancement update adds the suitesparse packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#844974)
All users who require suitespare should install these new packages.
New tbb packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The tbb packages contain a C++ runtime library that abstracts the low-level threading details necessary for optimal multi-core performance.
This enhancement update adds the tbb packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#844976)
All users who require tbb are advised to install these new packages.
A new tuna package is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The tuna package provides an interface for changing both scheduler and IRQ tunables, at whole CPU, per-thread or per-IRQ levels. tuna allows CPUs to be isolated for use by a specific application and threads and interrupts to be moved to a CPU simply by dragging and dropping them.
This enhancement update adds the tuna package to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#812455)
All users who require tuna should install this new package.
A new mtdev package is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The new mtdev package contains a library that converts kernel input events from multitouch protocol A into multitouch protocol B events. Protocol B events provide per-touchpoint tracking which is required by the xorg-x11-drv-evdev and xorg-x11-drv-synaptics packages.
This enhancement update adds the mtdev package to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#860177)
All users who require mtdev should install this new package.
New cpupowerutils packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The cpupowerutils packages provide a suite of tools to manage power states on appropriately enabled central processing units (CPU).
This enhancement update adds the cpupowerutils packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#697418)
All users who require cpupowerutils are advised to install these new packages.
New cgdcbxd packages are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The cgdcbxd packages provide a daemon to manage the priority of network traffic in Data Center Bridging (DCB) enabled environments. By using the information exchanged over the DCB Capability Exchange Protocol (DCBX) on a LAN, cgdcbxd enforces network priority on running applications on your host with the net_prio cgroup.
This enhancement update adds the cgdcbxd packages to Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. (BZ#835171)
All users who require cgdcbxd are advised to install these new packages.

Chapter 7. Updated Packages

7.1. 389-ds-base

Updated 389-ds-base packages that fix one security issue, a number of bugs, and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having moderate security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base scores, which give detailed severity ratings, are available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The 389-ds-base packages provide 389 Directory Server, which is an LDAPv3 compliant server. The base packages include the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server and command-line utilities for server administration.

Note

The 389-ds-base packages have been upgraded to upstream version 1.2.11, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#800051)

Security Fixes

CVE-2012-4450
A flaw was found in the way 389 Directory Server enforced ACLs after performing an LDAP modify relative distinguished name (modrdn) operation. After modrdn was used to move part of a tree, the ACLs defined on the moved (Distinguished Name) were not properly enforced until the server was restarted. This could allow LDAP users to access information that should be restricted by the defined ACLs.
This issue was discovered by Noriko Hosoi of Red Hat.

Bug Fixes

BZ#742054
Previously, 389 Directory Server did not support the Simple Authentication and Security Layer (SASL) PLAIN mechanism. This mechanism has been added to the list of supported SASL mechanisms.
BZ#742381
Due to certain changes under the cn=config suffix, when an attribute value was deleted and then added back in the same modify operation, error 53 was returned. Consequently, the configuration could not be reset. This update allows delete operations to succeed if the attribute is added back in the same modify operation and reset the configuration file as expected.
BZ#757836
Previously, the logconv.pl script used a connection number equal to 0 (conn=0) as a restart point, which caused the script to return incorrect restart statistics. The underlying source code has been modified and 389 Directory Server is now configured to use connection number equal to 1 (conn=1) as the restart point.
BZ#803873
The Windows Sync feature uses the name in a search filter to perform an internal search to find an entry. Parentheses, ( and ) are special characters in the LDAP protocol and therefore must be escaped. However, an attempt to synchronize an entry containing parentheses in the name from an Active Directory (AD) server failed with an error. With this update, 389 Directory Server properly escapes the parentheses and synchronization now proceeds correctly as expected.
BZ#818762
When having an entry in a directory server (DS) with the same user name, group name, or both as an entry in AD and simultaneously the entry in AD was out of scope of the Windows Sync feature, the DS entry was deleted. This update adds the new winSyncMoveAction DS attribute for the Windows Sync agreement entry, which allows the user to specify the behavior of out-of-scope AD entries. The value could be set to:
  • none, which means that an out-of-scope AD entry does nothing to the corresponding DS entry;
  • delete, which means that an out-of-scope AD entry deletes the corresponding DS entry;
  • unsync, which means that an out-of-scope AD entry is unsynchronized with the corresponding DS entry and changes made to either entry are not synchronized.
By default, the value is set to none, which fixes this bug.
BZ#830334
Due to an incorrect interpretation of an error code, a directory server considered an invalid chaining configuration setting as the disk full error and shut down unexpectedly. This bug has been fixed by using the correct error code and a directory server now no longer terminates due to an invalid chaining of a configuration setting.
BZ#830335
Previously, restoring an ldif file from a replica, which had older changes that other servers did not see yet, could lead to these updates not being replicated to other replicas. With this update, 389 Directory Server checks the Change Sequence Numbers (CSNs) and allows the older updates to be replicated. As a result, all replicas remain synchronized.
BZ#830336
When a directory server was under a heavy read and write load, and an update request was processed, the following error message or other similar DB_LOCK_DEADLOCK error messages appeared in the error log:
entryrdn-index - _entryrdn_put_data: Adding the parent link (XXX) failed: DB_LOCK_DEADLOCK: Locker killed to resolve a deadlock (-30994)
These errors are common under these circumstances and there is no need to report them in the error log. With this update, 389 Directory Server ensures that these errors are handled properly and no longer logs these messages in the error log.
BZ#830337
When a directory server was configured to use multi-master replication and the Entry USN plug-in, the delete operation was not replicated to the other masters. This update modifies the Entry USN plug-in to prevent it from changing the delete operation into a delete tombstone operation, and from removing the operation before it logs into the change log to replay to other servers. As a result, the delete operation is replicated to all servers as expected.
BZ#830338
Previously, 389 Directory Server did not refresh its Kerberos cache. Consequently, if a new Kerberos ticket was issued for a host that had already authenticated against a directory server, it would be rejected by this server until it was restarted. With this update, the Kerberos cache is flushed after an authentication failure and 389 Directory Server works as expected in the described scenario.
BZ#830343
Using the Managed Entry plug-in in conjunction with other plug-ins, such as Distributed Numeric Assignment (DNA), Member of, and Auto Member, led to problems with delete operations on entries that managed the Managed Entry plug-in. The manager entry was deleted, but the managed entry was not. The deadlock retry handling has been improved so that both entries are deleted during the same database operation.
BZ#830344
Previously, replication errors logged in the error log could contain incorrect information. With this update, the replication errors have been modified to be more useful in diagnosing and fixing problems.
BZ#830346
When audit logging in a directory server was enabled, LDAP ADD operations were ignored and were not logged. This update removes a regression in the audit log code that caused the ADD operation to be ignored, and LDAP ADD operations are now logged to the audit log as expected.
BZ#830348
389 Directory Server with a large number of replication agreements took a considerable amount of time to shut down due to a long sleep interval coded in the replication stop code. This sleep interval has been reduced to speed up the system termination.
BZ#830349
Previously, in a SASL map definition, using a compound search filter that included the & character failed because the & character was escaped. The underlying source code has been modified and searching with a filter that includes the & character works as expected.
BZ#830353
When 389 Directory Server used the Managed Entry plug-in or the DNA plug-in, the valgrind tool reported memory errors and leaks. With this update, a patch has been applied to prevent these problems, and memory is now used and deleted correctly.
BZ#832560
When replication was configured and a conflict occurred, under certain circumstances, an error check did not reveal this conflict, because a to-be-deleted attribute was already deleted by another master. Consequently, the conflict terminated the server. This update improves error checks to prevent replication conflicts from crashing the server.
BZ#833202
Previously, internal entries that were in the cache were freed when retrying failed transactions due to a deadlock. This behavior caused problems in a directory server and this server could terminate under a heavy update load. With this update, the cached internal entries are no longer freed and directory servers do not crash in the described scenario.
BZ#833218
Due to improper deadlock handling, the database reported an error instead of retrying the transaction. Consequently, under a heavy load, the directory server got deadlock errors when attempting to write to the database. The deadlock handling has been fixed and 389 Directory Server works as expected in such a case.
BZ#834047
Internal access control prohibited deleting newly added or modified passwords. This update allows the user to delete any password if they have the modify rights.
BZ#834054
Certain operations, other than LDAP Modify operations, can cause the 389 Directory Server to modify internal attributes. For example, a BIND operation can cause updates to password failure counters. In these cases, 389 Directory Server was updating attributes that could only be updated during an explicit LDAP Modify operation, such as the modifyTimestamp attribute. This update adds a new internal flag to skip the update of these attributes on other than Modify operations.
BZ#834056
Due to an invalid configuration setup in the Auto Memmber plug-in, the directory server became unresponsive under certain circumstances. With this update, the configuration file is validated, invalid configurations are not allowed, and the server no longer hangs.
BZ#834057
When using SNMP monitoring, 389 Directory Server terminated at startup due to multiple ldap servers listed in the ldap-agent.conf file. With this update, the buffer between ldap servers no longer resets and 389 Directory Server starts up regardless of the number of ldap servers listed in the configuration file.
BZ#834064
Previously, the dnaNextValue counter was incremented in the pre-operation stage. Consequently, if the operation failed, the counter was still incremented. This bug has been fixed and the dnaNextValue counter is not incremented if the operation fails.
BZ#834065
When a replication agreement was added without the LDAP BIND credentials, the replication process failed with a number of errors. With this update, 389 Directory Server validates the replication configuration and ensures that all needed credentials are supplied. As a result, 389 Directory Server rejects invalid replication configuration before attempting to replicate with invalid credentials.
BZ#834075
Previously, the logconv.pl script did not grab the correct search base, and as a consequence, the searching statistics were invalid. A new hash has been created to store connections and operation numbers from search operations. As a result, logconv.pl now grabs the correct search base and no longer produces incorrect statistics.
BZ#838706
When using the Referential Integrity plug-in, renaming a user DN did not rename the user's DN in the user's groups, unless that case matched exactly. With this update, case-insensitive comparisons or DN normalizations are performed, so that the member attributes are updated when the user is renamed.
BZ#840153
Previously, the Attribute Uniqueness plug-in did comparisons of un-normalized values. Consequently, using this plug-in and performing the LDAP RENAME operation on an entry containing one of the attributes which were tested for uniqueness by this plug-in caused the LDAP RENAME operation to fail with the following error:
Constraint Violation - Another entry with the same attribute value already exists.
With this update, Attribute Uniqueness ensures that comparisons are performed between values which were normalized the same way, and LDAP RENAME works as expected in this situation.
BZ#841600
When the Referential Integrity plug-in was used with a delay time greater than 0, and the LDAP RENAME operation was performed on a user entry with DN specified by one or more group entries under the scope of the Referential Integrity plug-in, the user entry DN in the group entries did not change. The underlying source code has been modified and LDAP RENAME operations work as expected in the described scenario.
BZ#842437
Previously, the DNA plug-in could leak memory in certain cases for certain MODIFY operations. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and the modifications are freed as expected with no memory leaks.
BZ#842438
To improve the performance, the entry cache size is supposed to be larger then the primary database size if possible. Previously, 389 Directory Server did not alert the user that the size of the entry cache was too small. Consequently, the user could not notice that the size of the entry cache was too small and that they should enlarge it. With this update, the configured entry cache size and the primary database size are examined, and if the entry cache is too small, a warning is logged in the error log.
BZ#842440
Previously, the Memberof plug-in code executed redundant DN normalizations and therefore slowed down the system. The underlying source code has been modified to eliminate redundant DN normalizations.
BZ#842441
Previously, the directory server could disallow changes that were made to the nsds5ReplicaStripAttrs attribute using the ldapmodify operation. Consequently, the attribute could only be set manually in the dse.ldif file when the server was shut down. With this update, the user is now able to set the nsds5ReplicaStripAttrs attribute using the ldapmodify operation.
BZ#850683
Previously, 389 Directory Server did not check attribute values for the nsds5ReplicaEnabled feature which caused this feature to be disabled. With this update, 389 Directory Server checks if the attribute value for nsds5ReplicaEnabled is valid and reports an error if it is not.
BZ#852088
When multi-master replication or database chaining was used with the TLS/SSL protocol, a server using client certificate-based authentication was unable to connect and connection errors appeared in the error log. With this update, the internal TLS/SSL and certificate setup is performed correctly and communication between servers works as expected.
BZ#852202
Previously, there was a race condition in the replication code. When two or more suppliers were attempting to update a heavily loaded consumer at the same time, the consumer could, under certain circumstances, switch to total update mode, erase the database, and abort replication with an error. The underlying source code has been modified to prevent the race condition. As a result, the connection is now protected against access from multiple threads and multiple suppliers.
BZ#852839
Due to the use of an uninitialized variable, a heavily loaded server processing multiple simultaneous delete operations could terminate unexpectedly under certain circumstances. This update provides a patch that initializes the variable properly and the directory server no longer crashes under these circumstances.
BZ#855438
Due to an incorrect attempt to send the cleanallruv task to the Windows WinSync replication agreements, the task became unresponsive. With this update, the WinSync replication agreements are ignored and the cleanallruv task no longer hangs in the described scenario.
BZ#856657
Previously, the dirsrv init script always returned 0, even when one or all the defined instances failed to start. This update applies a patch that improves the underlying source code and dirsrv no longer returns 0 if any of the defined instances failed.
BZ#858580
The schema reload task reloads schema files in the schema directory. Simultaneously, Directory server has several internal schemas which are not stored in the schema directory. These schemas were lost after the schema reload task was executed. Consequently, adding a posixAccount class failed. With this update, the internal schemas are stashed in a hash table and reloaded with external schemas. As result, adding a posixAccount is successful.
BZ#863576
When abandoning a Simple Paged Result request, 389 Directory Server tried to acquire a connection lock twice, and because the connection lock is not self reentrant, 389 Directory Server was waiting for the lock forever and stopped the server. This update provides a patch that eliminates the second lock and 389 Directory Server works as expected in the described scenario.
BZ#864594
Previously, Anonymous Resource Limits applied to the Directory Manager. However, the Directory Manager should never have any limits. With this update, Anonymous Resource Limits no longer apply to Directory Manager.
BZ#868841
Even if an entry in AD did not contain all the required attributes for the POSIX account entry, the entry was synchronized to the DS as a POSIX entry. Consequently, the synchronization failed due to a missing attribute error. With this update, if an entry does not have all the required attributes, the POSIX account related attributes are dropped and the entry is synchronized as an ordinary entry. As a result, the synchronization is successful.
BZ#868853
When enabling replication level logging, the Windows Sync feature prints out what version of Windows or AD it detects. Previously, if the feature detected Windows Server 2003 or later, it printed out the following message:
detected win2k3 peer
This message could be confusing for users who had a later version of Windows, such as Windows Server 2008. This update modifies the message and now the following message is printed out:
detected win2k3 or later peer
BZ#870158
When a directory server was under a heavy load, deleting entries using the Entry USN feature caused tombstone entry indexes to be processed incorrectly. Consequently, the server could become unresponsive. This update fixes 389 Directory Server to process tombstone indexes correctly, so that the server no longer hangs in this situation.
BZ#870162
Previously, the abandon request checked if the operation to abandon existed. When a search operation was already finished and an operation object had been released, a Simple Page Results request could fail due to this check. This update modifies 389 Directory Server to skip operation existence checking, so that Simple Paged Results requests are always successfully aborted.
BZ#875862
Previously, the DNA plug-in attempted to dereference a NULL pointer value for the dnaMagicRegen attribute. Consequently, if DNA was enabled with no dnamagicregen value specified in its configuration and an entry with an attribute that triggered the DNA value generation was added, the server could terminate unexpectedly. This update improves the 389 Directory Server to check for an empty dnamagicregen value before it attempts to dereference this value. As a result, 389 Directory Server no longer crashes if no dnamagicregen attribute is specified.
BZ#876694
Previously, the code to check if a new superior entry existed, returned the No such object error only when the operation was requested by the directory manager. Consequently, if an ordinary non-root user attempted to use the modrdn operation to move an entry to a non-existing parent, the server terminated unexpectedly. This update provides a patch that removes the operator condition so that the check returns the No such object error even if the requester is an ordinary user, and the modrdn operation performed to the non-existing parent successfully fails for any user.
BZ#876727
aIf a filter contained a range search, the search retrieved one ID per one idl_fetch attribute and merged it to the ID list using the idl_union() function. This process is slow, especially when the range search result size is large. With this update, 389 Directory Server switches to ALLID mode by using the nsslapd-rangelookthroughlimit switch instead of creating a complete ID list. As a result, the range search takes less time.
BZ#889083
Previously, if an entry was added or created without plug-in interference, the nsslapd-plugin-track-binddn feature filled the value of the internalModifiersname and internalCreatorsname attributes with the original bind DN instead of the name of the actual plug-in that modified or added the entry. This behavior is undesired; thus the nsslapd-plugin-track-binddn has been modified to always show the name of the actual plug-in that performed these operations.
BZ#891930
In previous versions of the 389-ds-base packages, an attempt to add a new entry to the DNA plug-in when the range of values was depleted caused the following error message to be returned:
ipa: ERROR: Operations error: Allocation of a new value for range cn=posix
ids,cn=distributed numeric assignment plugin,cn=plugins,cn=config failed!
Unable to proceed.
This message was missing all additional information in recent versions of the 389-ds-base packages. With this update, a patch is applied to provide the returned error message with additional information.
BZ#896256
Previously, an upgrade of the 389-ds-base packages affected configuration files. Consequently, custom configuration files were reverted to by default. This update provides a patch to ensure that custom changes in configuration files are preserved during the upgrade process.

Enhancements

BZ#746642
This update allows the PAM Pass-through plug-in to pass through the authentication process to different PAM stacks, based on domain membership or some property of the user entry, or both. Users now can login to Red Hat Directory Server using the credentials and account data from the correct AD server.
BZ#768084
This enhancement improves the automember plug-in to check existing entries and writes out the changes which occur if these entries are added.
BZ#782975
Previously, certain BINDs could cause only entries with the modifiersname or modifystimestamp attribute to be updated. This behavior led to unnecessary replication traffic. This enhancement introduces the new replication feature to decrease replication traffic caused by BINDs.
BZ#830331
This enhancement adds the new Disk Monitoring plug-in. When disk partitions fill up, Disk Monitoring returns a warning.
BZ#830340
Previously, two tasks were needed to be performed to clean an entire replication environment, the clean task and the release task. With this update, these tasks are incorporated in the Cleanallruv feature.
BZ#830347
Previously, the Paged Results search was allowed to perform only one request per connection. If the user used one connection, multiple Paged Results requests were not supported. This update adds support for multiple Paged Results requests.
BZ#830355
With this enhancement, obsolete elements in the Database Replica Update Vector (RUV) can be removed with the CLEANRUV operation, which removes them on a single supplier or master.
BZ#833222
This enhancement improves the memberOf plug-in to work across multiple back ends or suffixes.
BZ#834046
With this update, the Directory Server schema has been updated with the nsTLS1 attribute to make TLS/SSL configuration easier.
BZ#834049
With this update, the Directory Server schema has been updated to include the DNA plug-in attributes.
BZ#834052
This enhancement improves the Access Control feature to control the Directory Manager account.
BZ#834053
This enhancement adds the ability to execute internal modification operations without changing the operational modifiersname attribute.
BZ#834058
With this update, the logconv.pl script has been enhanced with the getopts() function.
BZ#834060
Previously, the password lockout process was triggered not when maximum the number of tries was reached, but the time after. This behavior was not consistent with other vendors' LDAP servers. This enhancement adds the new option which allows users to specify the behavior of password lockout.
BZ#834061
Previously, DS did not include the SO_KEEPALIVE settings and connections could not be closed properly. This enhancement implements the SO_KEEPALIVE settings to the DS connections.
BZ#834063
With this update, the new passwordTrackUpdateTime attribute has been added. This attribute records a timestamp when the password was last changed.
BZ#834074
This enhancement adds the new nsds5ReplicaEnabled attribute to the replication agreement. If the replication agreement is disabled, it appears to be removed, but can be easily re-enabled and resumed.
BZ#847868
Previously, the Windows Sync plug-in did not support the RFC 2307 and 2307bis types of POSIX schema which supports Windows Active Directory (AD). Under these circumstances, users had to synchronize data between AD and DS manually which could return errors. This enhancement changes the POSIX attributes to prevent these consequences.

Note

Note, that for the initial release, when adding new user and group entries to the DS, the POSIX attributes are not synchronized with AD. Adding new user and group entries to AD synchronizes to DS, and modifying attributes synchronizes both ways.
BZ#852087
This enhancement improves the Directory Server schema to allow setting up an access control for the nsslapd-readonly attribute.
All users of 389-ds-base are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which correct this issue and provide numerous bug fixes and enhancements. After installing this update, the 389 server service will be restarted automatically.
Updated 389-ds-base packages that fix one security issue are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having important security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available from the CVE link associated with the description below.
The 389 Directory Server is an LDAPv3 compliant server. The base packages include the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server and command-line utilities for server administration.

Security Fix

CVE-2013-4283
It was discovered that the 389 Directory Server did not properly handle the receipt of certain MOD operations with a bogus Distinguished Name (DN). A remote, unauthenticated attacker could use this flaw to cause the 389 Directory Server to crash.
All 389-ds-base users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain a backported patch to correct this issue. After installing this update, the 389 server service will be restarted automatically.

7.2. abrt, libreport and btparser

Updated abrt, libreport and btparser packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
ABRT is a tool to help users to detect defects in applications and to create a problem report with all the information needed by a maintainer to fix it. ABRT uses a plug-in system to extend its functionality.
The libreport libraries provide an API for reporting different problems in applications to different bug targets like Bugzilla, ftp, and trac.
The btparser utility is a backtrace parser and analyzer library, which works with backtraces produced by the GNU Project Debugger. It can parse a text file with a backtrace to a tree of C structures, allowing to analyze the threads and frames of the backtrace and process them.

Note

The btparser packages have been upgraded to upstream version 0.17, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#846667)

Bug Fixes

BZ#799909
When the user attempted to remove a non-existing problem directory using the abrt-cli utility, abrt-cli emitted a confusing error message, such as in the following example:
# abrt-cli rm sdfsdf
'sdfsdf' does not exist
Can't connect to '/var/run/abrt/abrt.socket': Connection refused
With this update, abrt-cli has been modified to display only a message informing that such a problem directory does not exist.
BZ#808721, BZ#814594
When multiple kernel oopses occur in a short period of time, ABRT saves only the first oops because the later oopses are mostly only consequences of the first problem. However, ABRT sorted the processed oopses incorrectly so that the last oops that occurred was saved instead of the first oops. With this update, ABRT has been modified to process multiple kernel oopses in the correct order so that ABRT now saves the first oops as expected.
BZ#810309
Due to incorrect configuration, ABRT attempted to use the abrt-bodhi command, which is not available in Red Hat Enterprise Linux, while analyzing a backtrace. As a consequence, the user could see the following error message in the problem backtrace:
/bin/sh: line 6: abrt-bodhi: command not found
However, the error message had no influence on the problem reporting process. This update corrects the ABRT configuration so that the abrt-bodhi command is removed from the analyzer events and the error message no longer occurs.
BZ#811901
Previously, ABRT expected the dbus-send command to be always present on a system. However, ABRT does not depend on the related dbus package so there is no guarantee that the command is installed on the system. Therefore, when processing events that use the dbus-send command and the dbus package was not installed, ABRT emitted the following error message to the system log:
abrtd: /bin/sh: dbus-send: command not found
With this update, ABRT has been modified to verify the existence of dbus-send before attempting to call this command. The aforementioned error messages no longer occur in the system log.
BZ#813283
Previously, when running the report-gtk command with a non-existing problem directory, ABRT GUI attempted to process the problem directory. As a consequence, the terminal was flooded with GTK error messages. With this update, the ABRT GUI has been modified to no longer process non-existing problem directories. GUI now only prints a message informing that the processed directory does not exist and exits gracefully.
BZ#817051
The report tool always had to be executed from a problem directory even to perform actions which do not require the problem directory, such as adding an attachment to the existing bug report. When running from a directory that was not a problem directory, the report tool failed with the following error message:
'.' is not a problem directory
With this update, the report tool has been modified to not require a problem directory if the "-t" option is specified. The report tool can now be used to update existing bug reports without a need to run inside a problem directory.
BZ#815339, BZ#828673
Due to an error in the default libreport configuration, ABRT attempted to run the reporter-bugzilla command, which is not installed by default. This caused the following warning message to appear during problem reporting:
/bin/sh: line 4: reporter-bugzilla: command not found
However, the reporting process was not affected by this warning message. With this update, the default configuration of libreport has been corrected and reporter-bugzilla is no longer called by ABRT in the default configuration. The aforementioned warning message is no longer displayed during the reporting process.
BZ#820475
Previously, the abrt-ccpp init script did not emit any status message so that the service abrt-ccpp status command did not display any output. This update corrects the abrt-ccpp init script so that if the abrt-ccpp service is running the "abrt-ccpp hook is installed" message is displayed. If abrt-ccpp is stopped, the "abrt-ccpp hook is not installed" message appears.
BZ#826745
Certain ABRT libraries were previously built with wrong linker parameters and when running prelink on these libraries, the process returned error messages that the library contains "undefined non-weak symbols". With this update, the related makefiles have been corrected and the aforementioned errors no longer occur during prelink phase.
BZ#826924
ABRT ran the sosreport utility whenever a problem was detected. However, if the detected problem was caused by sosreport, ABRT could run sosreport in an infinite loop. Consequently, abrtd became unresponsive with extensive consumption of system resources. This update modifies ABRT to ignore consequent crashes in the same component that occur within a 20-second time period. The abrtd daemon no longer hangs if sosreport crashes.
BZ#847227
ABRT previously moved captured vmcore files from the default location in the /var/crash/ directory to the /var/spool/abrt/ directory. This affected the functioning of various tools that expected a vmcore file to be present in the /var/crash/ directory. This update modifies ABRT to use the CopyVMcore configuration option to specify whether to copy or move the core file. By default, ABRT no longer moves vmcore from the /var/crash/ directory but copies it.
BZ#847291
When disk space usage of the /var/spool/abrt/ directory reaches the specified disk space quota, ABRT finds and removes the largest problem directory. However, ABRT was previously unable to handle situations when the largest directory in /var/spool/abrt/ was not a problem directory. ABRT could not remove this directory and entered an infinite loop while searching for the largest directory to be removed. This update modifies ABRT to exclude unknown directories when determining which problem directory needs to be removed. The abrtd daemon no longer hangs in this scenario.
BZ#856960
When configured for centralized crash collection, ABRT previously printed logging credentials in plain text into the /var/log/messages log file on a dedicated system while uploading a crash report. This was a security risk, and so ABRT has been modified to no longer print the libreport-plugin-reportuploader plug-in credentials in log messages.
BZ#873815
When processing a large amount of problems, the inotify handling code could become out of sync, causing abrtd to be unable to read inotify events. Eventually, abrtd became unresponsive while trying to read an inotify event. If this happened and a Python application attempted to communicate with ABRT, abrtd and the Python application entered a deadlock situation. The daemon was busy trying to read an incoming inotify event and the Python script was waiting for a response from abrtd, which caused the application to become unresponsive as well. With this update, the ABRT exception handler sets timeout on a socket used for communication between abrtd and Python scripts, and also the inotify handling code has been modified. The abrtd daemon and Python applications no longer hang, however under heavy load, the inotify handling code can still become out of sync, which would cause abrtd to stop accepting new problems. If abrtd stops accepting new problems, it has to be restarted to work correctly again.
All users of abrt, libreport and btparser are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.3. alsa-utils

Updated alsa-utils packages that fix numerous bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The alsa-utils package contains command line utilities for the Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA).

Note

The alsa-utils package has been upgraded to upstream version 1.0.22, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#838951)

Enhancement

BZ#814832
The alsa-utils package has been enhanced to work better with the GNOME volume control applet and sound preferences user interface.
Users of alsa-utils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.4. amanda

Updated amanda packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
AMANDA, the Advanced Maryland Automatic Network Disk Archiver, is a backup system that allows the administrator of a LAN to set up a single master backup server to back up multiple hosts to one or more tape drives or disk files.

Bug Fix

BZ#752096
Previously, the amandad daemon, which is required for successful running of AMANDA, was located in the amanda-client package; however, this package was not required during installation of the amanda-server package. Consequently, AMANDA did not work properly. The amanda-client package has been added to the amanda-server dependencies and AMANDA works correctly now.
All AMANDA users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.5. anaconda

Updated anaconda packages that fix numerous bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The anaconda packages contain portions of the Anaconda installation program that can be run by the user for reconfiguration and advanced installation options.

Bug fixes

BZ#803883
Due to a bug in the multipath output parsing code, when installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 on an IBM Power system with JBOD (Joined Body Of Disks — more than one hard drive attached to the same SAS controller), Anaconda could detect these multiple hard drives as a multipath device. This in turn caused the partitioning of the hard drive to fail, causing the installation of the system to fail as well. This update fixes the parsing code and the system is installed correctly.
BZ#848741
The Anaconda installer did not wait for BIOS storage devices to initialize when booted with the ks:bd:<bios disk>:/ks.cfg command-line option. As a consequence, BIOS storage devices could not be found and the installation could fail. To fix this bug, a delay algorithm for BIOS devices has been added to the code path used when booting with ks:bd:<bios disk>:/ks.cfg. As a result, Anaconda tries to wait for BIOS devices to initialize.
BZ#828650
The file system migration from ext2 to ext3 did not work because Anaconda did not modify the /etc/fstab file with the new ext3 file system type. Consequently, after the installation, the file system was mounted as an ext2 file system. With this update, Anaconda properly sets the migrated file system type in /etc/fstab. Thus, the file system is mounted as expected after installation.
BZ#886150
When installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Beta using the kickstart file, which included the partition scheme, LVM incorrectly removed the dashes from Logical Volume and Volume Group names. This caused the names to be malformed. This update fixes the aforementioned function to correctly format Logical Volume and Volume Group names during the installation process.
BZ#819486
Using IPv6 to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 (both Alpha and Beta) on a z/VM guest enabled the user to SSH to the system and proceed with the language selection screen. However, after this step, the installation stopped and the SSH session was closed. With this update, the IPv6 installation on a z/VM guest is successful on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4.
BZ#824963
A kickstart installation on unsupported hardware resulted in a dialog box asking for confirmation before proceeding with the installation process. As a consequence, it was not possible to perform a kickstart installation on unsupported hardware without any user input. To fix this bug, a new unsupported_hardware kickstart command has been added, which skips the interactive dialog warning when installing a system on unsupported hardware without user input.
BZ#811197
When a /boot partition was on a RAID device, inconsistent messages were returned because it was not supported to have this partition on such a device. These varied messages were confusing. To fix this bug, the error messages have been corrected to make sense and to not duplicate each other.
BZ#834689
Kernel modules containing Microsoft paravirtualized drivers were missing in the installation environment. To fix this bug, kernel modules with Microsoft PV have been added to the installation environment. As a result, better support for Microsoft virtualization is provided.
BZ#837835
Modules with VMware PV drivers were not included in the installation environment. This update adds the modules with VMware PV drivers to provide better virtualization support.
BZ#809641
The udev device manager was not used to resolve kickstart raid --onpart disk references. As a consequence, the /dev/disk/by-id/ path could not be used properly. With this update, the udev_resolve_devspec() function is used to resolve the --onpart command option. As a result, the raid --onpart command can now use the /dev/disk/by-id/ paths as expected.
BZ#809640
The Anaconda installer did not use the udev device manager to resolve /dev/disk/by-id/ names. This meant the kickstart installation method did not work with /dev/disk/by-id/ names. To fix this bug, Anaconda is now using udev to resolve /dev/disk/by-id/ names. As a result, kickstart installations using /dev/disk/by-id/ names work as expected.
BZ#804557
When installing a system using the text mode on a machine which already had Red Hat Enterprise Linux installed on it, a traceback error occurred when the Back button was used to go back from any dialog after the time zone dialog. With this update, disks are rescanned when moving back through the upgrade dialog, thus preventing this bug.
BZ#840723
The Anaconda installer called the modprobe tool without the -b argument that enabled blacklists. Consequently, modules were not blacklisted. To fix this bug, the required argument has been added to modprobe call. As a result, modules are blacklisted as expected.
BZ#851249
The Anaconda installer appended the boot= parameter on the command line whenever the fips=1 parameter was used. With this update, Anaconda appends the boot= parameter only when the fips=1 parameter is used and /boot is on a separate partition.
BZ#828029
This update fixes a typographical error in Korean version of a warning message used to alert users of a root password that is too simple.
BZ#681224
The Anaconda installer did not verify package checksums against the checksum in the repository metadata. A package which did not match the repo metadata checksum could be installed by the Yum utility. As a consequence, an incorrect package could be installed with no errors returned. This update adds verification of the package checksum against the checksum in the repository metadata.
BZ#656315
IPv6 configuration options of the installer's text UI (user interface) were using descriptions suggesting misleading meaning. Consequently, the description could mislead the users with DHCPv6 configured to use Dynamic IPv6 configuration (DHCPv6) which used DHCPv6 exclusively without using SLAAC automatic configuration. To fix this bug, the first option (Automatic neighbor discovery) has been renamed to Automatic; it is the (SLAAC) automatic configuration with the option of using a DHCPv6 server based on RA server configuration. The second option (Dynamic IP configuration (DHCPv6)) was renamed to Automatic, DHCP only, which describes the actual configuration to be used more accurately. These descriptions are now the same as those used by Network Manager. As a result, it is now clearer that the third option (Automatic, DHCP only) is using the DHCPv6 server exclusively.
BZ#836321
The command-line interface of the fcoe-utils package in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.3 was changed but the installer did not adapt to this change correctly. As a consequence, FCoE initiators were not able to log in to remote storages, which could then not be used for installation. To fix this bug, the fipvlan command arguments have been fixed to use the new -f option correctly. As a result, the installer now logs in to a FCoE remote storage correctly, and can be used for installation purposes.
BZ#823690
Repositories without size data caused a divide-by-zero error. Consequently, the installation failed. With this update, repositories without size data do not cause a divide-by-zero error and the installation succeeds.
BZ#848818
Support for the --hibernation option was only added to the part command. Consequently, --hibernation did not work with the logvol command. To fix this bug, support for --hibernation has been added to the logvol command. As a result, --hibernation now works with the logvol command.
BZ#784001
The linksleep option used to be applied only for the ksdevice= boot parameter using the value link. Consequently, when the ksdevice boot parameter was supplied a value containing a device name or a MAC address, the linksleep boot parameter did not take effect. Without waiting for the link, as required by the linksleep boot parameter, the installer could fail. To fix this bug, the linksleep boot parameter has been added to code paths where the to-be-activated device is specified. As a result, the linksleep boot parameter is honored also for installation where the ksdevice boot parameter is supplied a value containing a device name or a MAC address.
BZ#747278
The Anaconda installer did not check lengths of Logical Volume Manager (LVM) Volume Group names or Logical Volume names. As a consequence, an error occurred when creating disk partitions. To fix this bug, the length of LVM Volume Group names has been truncated to 32 characters and Logical Volume names to 16 characters. As a result, the installation completes successfully.
BZ#746925
Previously, Anaconda failed to enable add-on repositories when upgrading the system. Consequently, packages from the add-on repositories were not upgraded. This update allows Anaconda to enable add-on repositories when the system is upgrading and packages from the add-on repositories are upgraded as expected.

Enhancements

BZ#668065
With this update, the vlanid=boot and --vlanid=kickstart options can be used to allow users to set a virtual LAN ID (802.1q tag) for a specified network device. By specifying either one of these options, installation of the system can be done over a VLAN.
BZ#838736
This update allows users to select a LUKS encryption type in the kickstart configuration file.
BZ#662007
The bond boot, --bondslaves and --bondopts kickstart options can now be used to configure bonding as a part of the installation process. For more information on how to configure bonding, refer to the following parts of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Installation Guide: the Kickstart Options section and the Boot Options chapter.
BZ#813998
When using a kickstart file to install Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, with the new fcoe kickstart option, users can now specify, which Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) devices should be activated automatically in addition to those discovered by Enhanced Disk Drive (EDD) services. For more information, refer to the Kickstart Options section in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Installation Guide.
BZ#838742
RPM signatures are now generated using the sha256sum utility instead of the md5sum utility. With this update, the sha256sum command-line utility is included in Anaconda and is available in the shell during the installation process.
Users of anaconda are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.6. authconfig

Updated authconfig packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The authconfig packages provide a command line utility and a GUI application that can configure a workstation to be a client for certain network user information and authentication schemes, and other user information and authentication related options.

Bug Fixes

BZ#862195
Prior to this update, the authconfig utility used old syntax for configuring the idmap mapping in the smb.conf file when started with the "--smbidmapuid" and "--smbidmapgid" command line options. Consequently, Samba 3.6 ignored the configuration. This update adapts authconfig to use the new syntax of the idmap range configuration so that Samba 3.6 can read it.
BZ#874527
Prior to this update, the authconfig utility could write an incomplete sssd.conf file when using the options "--enablesssd" or "--enablesssdauth". As a consequence, the sssd daemon did not start. With this update, authconfig no longer tries to create the sssd.conf file without complete information, and the sssd daemon can now start as expected.
All users of authconfig are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.7. autofs

Updated autofs packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The autofs utility controls the operation of the automount daemon. The automount daemon automatically mounts file systems when you use them, and unmounts them when they are not busy.

Bug Fixes

BZ#585059
When the automount daemon managed a large number of mount points, unmounting all active mount points could take a longer period of time than expected. If the daemon failed to exit within 45 seconds, the autofs init script timed out and returned a false-positive shutdown failure. To resolve this problem, the init script restart behavior has been modified. If the init script repeatedly fails to stop the daemon, the script terminates the daemon by sending the SIGKILL signal, which allows autofs to be restarted correctly.
BZ#819703
The automount interface matching code was able to detect only IPv4 interfaces. As a consequence, mount points were mounted with an incorrect mount type when using IPv6. To fix this problem, the automount interface matching code has been modified to use the getifaddrs() function insted of ioctl(). The automount interface matching code now properly recognizes IPv6 interfaces and both, IPv4 and IPv6 mounts are now mounted as expected.
BZ#827024, BZ#846852, BZ#847873
Previously, automount could terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault when using the internal hosts map. This could happen due to a function name collision between autofs and the libtirpc library. Both utilities called a debug logging function of the same name but with a different call signature. This update applies a series of patches that fix this problem by redefining the internal debug logging function in autofs. Also, several other bugs related to the autofs RPC function have been fixed. The automount daemon no longer crashes when using the internal hosts map and the libtirpc library is installed on the system.
BZ#834641
Due to an incorrectly placed port test in the get_nfs_info() function, autofs attempted to contact the portmap service when mounting NFSv4 file systems. Consequently, if the portmap service was disabled on the server, automount failed to mount the NFSv4 file systems with the following error message:
mount(nfs): no hosts available
With this update, the port check has been moved to the correct location in the code so that automount no longer contacts the server's port mapper when mounting NFSv4 file systems. NFSv4 file systems are mounted as expected in this scenario.
BZ#836422
Previously, the autofs internal hosts map could not be refreshed until all entries in the map had been unmounted. Consequently, users could not access newly exported NFS shares and any attempt to access such shares failed with the "No such file or directory" error message. This update allows the server export list to be updated by sending a HUP signal to the automount daemon. This causes automount to request server exports so the hosts map and associated automounts can be updated. Newly exported NFS shares can now be accessed as expected.
BZ#845512
Previously, the usage message displayed by the autofs init script did not contain the "usage" command entry. This update corrects the init script so it now displays all commands that can be used with the autofs service as expected.
BZ#856296
When stopping the autofs service, autofs did not correctly handle situations where a null map entry appeared after a corresponding indirect map entry in the autofs master map. As a consequence, automount attempted to unmount a unmount a non-existing automount point and became unresponsive. This update modifies autofs to process null map entries correctly so it no longer attempts to unmount non-existing automount points. The autofs service now stops gracefully as expected.
BZ#860184
Previously, the autofs init script did not allow any commands to be run by unprivileged users. However, it is desirable to let a non-root user check the status of autofs for example for monitoring purposes. Therefore, this update modifies the autofs init script to allow unprivileged users to execute the service autofs status command.
BZ#865311
Previous versions of autofs contained several typographical errors and misleading information in the auto.master(5) man page, and autofs.sysconfig and autofs.conf configuration files. This update corrects these bugs including the description of the MOUNT_NFS_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL and MOUNT_WAIT options.
BZ#868973
When attempting to mount an NFSv4 share from an unreachable NFSv4 server, autofs did not close IPv6 UDP sockets. This could eventually lead to depletion of free file descriptors and an automount failure. This update modifies autofs to close IPv6 UDP sockets as expected, and automount no longer fails due to too many open files in the described scenario.
BZ#892846
When using autofs with LDAP, the code used to perform a base DN search allowed a race between two threads executing the same function simultaneously to occur. As a result of this race, autofs could attempt to access already freed memory and terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the code used to perform base DN searches has been moved to the function protected by a mutex, which prevents the race from occurring. The base DN searches are now performed only when refreshing settings of the map lookup modules.

Enhancements

BZ#846870
This update modifies autofs to allow configuring of separate timeout values for individual direct map entries in the autofs master map.
BZ#859947
With this update, the auto.master(5) man page has been updated to document the "-t, --timeout" option in the FORMAT options section.
BZ#866338
The auto.master(5) man page has been updated to clarify description of the "nobind" option when it is used with direct mount maps.
BZ#866396
The autofs.spec file has been modified to update build dependency of the autofs sss interface library. The library now requires the libsss_autofs package instead of sssd.
BZ#822733
This update improves debug logging of autofs. With debug logging set on, automount now reports whether it needs to read a mount map or not.
All users of autofs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.
Updated autofs packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The autofs utility controls the operation of the automount daemon. The automount daemon automatically mounts file systems when in use and unmounts them when they are not busy.

Bug Fix

BZ#921147
Previously, when two nearly simultaneous mount requests occurred, NFS mounts mounted by autofs sometimes failed. This caused a fatal error for the host being probed and autofs failed the mount attempt with a "mount(nfs): no hosts available" error message. This update provides a patch which uses numeric protocol IDs, instead of protoent structures, and NFS mount attempts by autofs no longer fail in the described scenario.
Users of autofs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated autofs packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The autofs utility controls the operation of the automount daemon. The automount daemon automatically mounts file systems when in use and unmounts them when they are not busy.

Bug Fix

BZ#1006163
Previously, when mounting new mounts, the automount daemon stopped responding. This occurred due to an execution order race during an expire thread creation. This update refactors the code handling the expire thread creation and the problem no longer occurs.
Users of autofs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.8. automake

An updated automake package that fixes one security issue is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
Automake is a tool for automatically generating Makefile.in files compliant with the GNU Coding Standards.

Security Fix

CVE-2012-3386
It was found that the distcheck rule in Automake-generated Makefiles made a directory world-writable when preparing source archives. If a malicious, local user could access this directory, they could execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running "make distcheck".
Red Hat would like to thank Jim Meyering for reporting this issue. Upstream acknowledges Stefano Lattarini as the original reporter.
Users of automake are advised to upgrade to this updated package, which corrects this issue.

7.9. avahi

Updated avahi packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Avahi is an implementation of the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS specifications for Zero Configuration Networking. It facilitates service discovery on a local network. Avahi and Avahi-aware applications allow you to plug your computer into a network and, with no configuration, view other people to chat with, view printers to print to, and find shared files on other computers.

Bug Fix

BZ#599435
Previously, the Avahi library packages required the Avahi daemon packages as a dependency. Consequently, whenever installing some of the Avahi libraries, the Avahi daemon was installed as well, which could pose a security risk in certain environments. This update removes these dependencies so that the Avahi libraries are now installed without the Avahi daemon.
All users of avahi are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.10. bacula

Updated bacula packages that fix multiple bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The bacula packages provide a tool set that allows you to manage the backup, recovery, and verification of computer data across a network of different computers.
Bug Fixes
BZ#728693
Prior to this update, the logwatch tool did not check the "/var/log/bacula*" file. As a consequence, the logwatch report was incomplete. This update adds all log files to the logwatch configuration file. Now, the logwatch report is complete.
BZ#728697
Prior to this update, the bacula tool itself created the "/var/spool/bacula/log" file. As a consequence, this log file used an incorrect SELinux context. This update modifies the underlying code to create the /var/spool/bacula/log file in the bacula package. Now, this log file has the correct SELinux context.
BZ#729008
Prior to this update, the bacula packages were built without the CFLAGS variable "$RPM_OPT_FLAGS". As a consequence, the debug information was not generated. This update modifies the underlying code to build the packages with CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS. Now, the debug information is generated as expected.
BZ#756803
Prior to this update, the perl script which generates the my.conf file contained a misprint. As a consequence, the port variable was not set correctly. This update corrects the misprint. Now, the port variable is set as expected.
BZ#802158
Prior to this update, values for the "show pool" command was obtained from the "res->res_client" item. As a consequence, the output displayed incorrect job and file retention values. This update uses the "res->res_pool" item to obtain the correct values.
BZ#862240
Prior to this update, bacula-storage-common utility wrongly removed alternatives for the bcopy function during the update. As a consequence, the Link to bcop.{mysql,sqlite,postgresql} disappeared after updating. This update modifies the underlying code to remove these links directly in storage-{mysql,sqlite,postgresql} and not in bacula-storage-common.
All users of bacula are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.11. bash

Updated bash packages that fix three bugs and add one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The bash packages provide the Bash (Bourne-again shell) shell, which is the default shell for Red Hat Enterprise Linux.

Bug Fixes

BZ#695656
Prior to this update, the trap handler could, under certain circumstances, lose signals during another trap initialization. This update blocks the signal while the trap string and handler are being modified. Now, the signals are no longer lost.
BZ#799958
Prior to this update, the manual page for trap in Bash did not mention that signals ignored upon entry cannot be listed later. This is now fixed and the manual page entry text is amended to "Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped, reset or listed".
BZ#800473
Prior to this update, the Bash shell called the trap handler within a signal handler when a SIGCHLD signal was received in job control mode and a handler for the signal was installed. This was a security risk and could cause Bash to enter a deadlock or to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault due to memory corruption. With this update, the trap handler is now called outside of the signal handler, and Bash no longer enters a deadlock.

Enhancement

BZ#677439
This update enables the system-wide "/etc/bash.bash_logout" file. This allows administrators to write system-wide logout actions for all users.
All users of bash are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add this enhancement.
Updated bash packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The GNU Bourne Again shell (Bash) is a shell and command language interpreter compatible with the Bourne shell (sh). Bash is the default shell for Red Hat Enterprise Linux.

Bug Fix

BZ#982610
When a trap handler was invoked while running another trap handler, which was invoked during a pipeline call, bash was unresponsive. With this update, pipeline calls are saved and subsequently restored in this scenario, and bash responds normally.
All users of bash are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.12. bfa-firmware

Updated bfa-firmware packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The bfa-firmware package contains the Brocade Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapter (HBA) Firmware to run Brocade Fibre Channel and CNA adapters. This package also supports the Brocade BNA network adapter.

Note

The bfa-firmware packages have been upgraded to upstream version 3.0.3.1, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#830015)
All users of bfa-firmware are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.13. bind-dyndb-ldap

Updated bind-dyndb-ldap packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The dynamic LDAP back end is a plug-in for BIND that provides back-end capabilities to LDAP databases. It features support for dynamic updates and internal caching that help to reduce the load on LDAP servers.

Note

The bind-dyndb-ldap package has been upgraded to upstream version 2.3, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. In particular, many persistent search improvements. Refer to /usr/share/doc/bind-dyndb-ldap/NEWS for a detailed list of the changes. (BZ#827414)

Bug Fixes

BZ#767496
When persistent search was in use, the plug-in sometimes terminated unexpectedly due to an assertion failure when the "rndc reload" command was issued and the LDAP server was not reachable. With this update, the code has been improved so that connection failures and reconnects are now handled more robustly. As a result, the plug-in no longer crashes in the scenario described.
BZ#829388
Previously, some relative domain names were not expanded correctly to FQDNs. Consequently, zone transfers sometimes contained relative domain names although they should only contain FQDNs (for example, they contained "name." record instead of "name.example.com."). The plug-in has been patched, and as a result, zone transfers now contain the correct domain names.
BZ#840381
Due to a bug in bind-dyndb-ldap, the named process sometimes terminated unexpectedly when a connection to LDAP timed out. Consequently, when a connection to LDAP timed out (or failed), the named process was sometimes aborted and DNS service was unavailable. The plug-in has been fixed and as a result, the plug-in now handles situations when a connection to LDAP fails gracefully.
BZ#856269
Due to a race condition, the plug-in sometimes caused the named process to terminate unexpectedly when it received a request to reload. Consequently, the DNS service was sometimes unavailable. A patch has been applied and as a result, the race condition during reload no longer occurs.

Enhancements

BZ#733711
LDAP in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 includes support for persistent search for both zones and their resource records. Persistent search allows the bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in to be immediately informed about all changes in an LDAP database. It also decreases network bandwidth usage required by repeated polling.
BZ#829340
Previously, it was only possible to configure IPv4 forwarders in LDAP. With this update, a patch has been added to the plug-in, and as a result, the plug-in is now able to parse and use IPv6 forwarders. BIND9 syntax for "forwarders" is required.
BZ#829385
Previously, it was impossible to share one LDAP database between multiple master servers; only one master server could be used. A new bind-dyndb-ldap option "fake_mname" which allows for overriding the master server name in the SOA record has been added. With this option it is now possible to override the master server name in the SOA record so that multiple servers can act as master server for one LDAP database.
BZ#840383
When multiple named processes shared one LDAP database and dynamically updated DNS records (via DDNS), they did not update the SOA serial numbers so it was impossible to serve such zones on secondary servers correctly (that is to say, they were not updated on slave servers). With this update, the plug-in can now update SOA serial numbers automatically, if configured to do so. Refer to the new "serial_autoincrement" option in the /usr/share/doc/bind-dyndb-ldap/README file for more details.
BZ#869323
This update provides support for the per-zone disabling of forwarding. Some setups require the disabling of forwarding per-zone. For example, company servers are configured as authoritative for a non-public zone and have global forwarding turned on. When the non-public zone contains delegation for a non-public subdomain, the zone must have explicitly disabled forwarding otherwise the glue records will not be returned. As a result, a server can now return delegation glue records for private zones when global forwarding is turned on. Refer to /usr/share/doc/bind-dyndb-ldap/README for detailed information.
Users of bind-dyndb-ldap are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.
Updated bind-dyndb-ldap packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The dynamic LDAP back-end is a plug-in for BIND that provides back-end capabilities to LDAP databases. It features support for dynamic updates and internal caching that helps to reduce the load on LDAP servers.

Bug Fix

BZ#928429
The bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in processed settings too early, which led to the daemon terminating unexpectedly with a segmentation fault during startup or reload. The bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in has been fixed to process its options later, and so, no longer crashes during startup or reload.
Users of bind-dyndb-ldap are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.14. bind

Updated bind packages that fix one security issue and add one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having moderate security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named); a resolver library (routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating correctly. DNS64 is used to automatically generate DNS records so IPv6 based clients can access IPv4 systems through a NAT64 server.

Security Fix

CVE-2012-5689
A flaw was found in the DNS64 implementation in BIND when using Response Policy Zones (RPZ). If a remote attacker sent a specially-crafted query to a named server that is using RPZ rewrite rules, named could exit unexpectedly with an assertion failure. Note that DNS64 support is not enabled by default.

Enhancement

BZ#906312
Previously, it was impossible to configure the maximum number of responses sent per second to one client. This allowed remote attackers to conduct traffic amplification attacks using DNS queries with spoofed source IP addresses. With this update, it is possible to use the new "rate-limit" configuration option in named.conf and configure the maximum number of queries which the server responds to. Refer to the BIND documentation for more details about the "rate-limit" option.
All bind users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain patches to correct this issue and add this enhancement. After installing the update, the BIND daemon (named) will be restarted automatically.
Updated bind packages that multiples bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
BIND (Berkeley Internet Name Domain) is an implementation of the DNS (Domain Name System) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named), which resolves host names to IP addresses; a resolver library (routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating properly.

Bug Fixes

BZ#827282
Previously, initscript sometimes reported a spurious error message "initscript: silence spurious "named.pid: No such file or directory" due to a race condition when the DNS server (named) was stopped. This spurious error message has been suppressed and is no longer reported in this scenario.
BZ#837165
Due to a race condition in the rbtdb.c source file, the named daemon could terminate unexpectedly with the INSIST error code. This bug has been fixed in the code and the named daemon no longer crashes in the described scenario.
BZ#853806
Previously, BIND rejected "forward" and "forwarders" statements in static-stub zones. Consequently, it was impossible to forward certain queries to specified servers. With this update, BIND accepts those options for static-stub zones properly, thus fixing this bug.
All users of bind are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.
Updated bind packages that fix one security issue and one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having important security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available from the CVE link associated with the description below.
The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named); a resolver library (routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating correctly.

Security Fix

CVE-2013-2266
A denial of service flaw was found in the libdns library. A remote attacker could use this flaw to send a specially-crafted DNS query to named that, when processed, would cause named to use an excessive amount of memory, or possibly crash.
Note: This update disables the syntax checking of NAPTR (Naming Authority Pointer) resource records.

Bug Fix

BZ#928439
Previously, rebuilding the bind-dyndb-ldap source RPM failed with a "/usr/include/dns/view.h:76:21: error: dns/rrl.h: No such file or directory" error.
All bind users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain patches to correct these issues. After installing the update, the BIND daemon (named) will be restarted automatically.
Updated bind packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
BIND (Berkeley Internet Name Domain) is an implementation of the DNS (Domain Name System) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named), which resolves host names to IP addresses; a resolver library (routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating properly.

Bug Fix

BZ#996955
Due to a missing gss_release_name() call, the BIND DNS server leaked memory when the "tkey-gssapi-credential" option was used in the BIND configuration. This update properly frees all memory in case the "tkey-gssapi-credential" is used, and BIND no longer leaks memory when GSSAPI credentials are used internally by the server for authentication.
Users of bind are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug. After installing the update, the BIND daemon (named) will be restarted automatically.
Updated bind packages that fix one security issue are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having important security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available from the CVE link associated with the description below.
The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) is an implementation of the Domain Name System (DNS) protocols. BIND includes a DNS server (named); a resolver library (routines for applications to use when interfacing with DNS); and tools for verifying that the DNS server is operating correctly.

Security Fix

CVE-2013-4854
A denial of service flaw was found in BIND. A remote attacker could use this flaw to send a specially-crafted DNS query to named that, when processed, would cause named to crash when rejecting the malformed query.
All bind users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain a backported patch to correct this issue. After installing the update, the BIND daemon (named) will be restarted automatically.

7.15. binutils

Updated binutils packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The binutils packages provide a set of binary utilities, including "ar" (for creating, modifying and extracting from archives), "as" (a family of GNU assemblers), "gprof" (for displaying call graph profile data), "ld" (the GNU linker), "nm" (for listing symbols from object files), "objcopy" (for copying and translating object files), "objdump" (for displaying information from object files), "ranlib" (for generating an index for the contents of an archive), "readelf" (for displaying detailed information about binary files), "size" (for listing the section sizes of an object or archive file), "strings" (for listing printable strings from files), "strip" (for discarding symbols), and "addr2line" (for converting addresses to file and line).

Bug Fixes

BZ#773526
In order to display a non-printing character, the readelf utility adds the "0x40" string to the character. However, readelf previously did not add that string when processing multibyte characters, so that multibyte characters in the ELF headers were displayed incorrectly. With this update, the underlying code has been corrected and readelf now displays multibyte and non-ASCII characters correctly.
BZ#825736
Under certain circumstances, the linker could fail to produce the GNU_RELRO segment when building an executable requiring GNU_RELRO. As a consequence, such an executable failed upon start-up. This problem affected also the libudev library so that the udev utility did not work. With this update, the linker has been modified so that the GNU_RELRO segment is now correctly created when it is needed, and utilities such as udev now work correctly.
All users of binutils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.16. biosdevname

Updated biosdevname packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The biosdevname packages contain a udev helper utility which provides an optional convention for naming network interfaces; it assigns names to network interfaces based on their physical location. The utility is disabled by default, except for on a limited set of Dell PowerEdge, C Series and Precision Workstation systems.

Note

The biosdevname packages have been upgraded to upstream version 0.4.1, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#825142)

Bug Fixes

BZ#751373
The biosdevname utility ignored the SMBIOS version check for PCI network adapters. Consequently, PCI network adapter interfaces were renamed according to PCI slot and port numbers on systems with unsupported SMBIOS versions. With this update, the new biosdevname utility ensures that if the SMBIOS version is not supported, PCI network adapter interfaces are not renamed. As a result, PCI network adapters are named with the kernel default name in the scenario described.
BZ#804754
When using Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) with embedded network interface devices, the biosdevname utility did not check the System Management BIOS (SMBIOS) type of the physical function for corresponding virtual functions. Consequently, biosdevname did not find SMBIOS type 41 structure for the device virtual functions and did not suggest interface names for these onboard network interfaces. With this update, biosdevname now looks up the SMBIOS type 41 structure for the device virtual functions in the corresponding physical function table. As a result, onboard network devices with virtual network interfaces are now renamed according to the biosdevname naming scheme.
BZ#815724
The biosdevname utility did not handle PCI cards with multiple ports. Consequently, only the network interface of the first port of these cards was renamed according to the biosdevname naming scheme. An upstream patch has been applied and biosdevname now handles PCI cards with multiple ports. As a result, all ports of multiple port PCI cards are now renamed according to the biosdevname naming scheme.
All users of biosdevname are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.17. bridge-utils

Updated bridge-utils packages that add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The bridge-utils packages contain utilities for configuration of the Linux Ethernet bridge. The Linux Ethernet bridge can be used to connect multiple Ethernet devices together. This connection is fully transparent: hosts connected to one Ethernet device see hosts connected to the other Ethernet devices directly.

Enhancements

BZ#676355
The man page was missing the multicast option descriptions. This update adds that information to the man page.
BZ#690529
This enhancement adds the missing feature described in the BRCTL(8) man page, that allows the user to get the bridge information for a simple bridge using the "brctl show $BRIDGE" command.
All users of bridge-utils are advise to upgrade to these updated packages, which add these enhancements.

7.18. brltty

Updated brltty packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
BRLTTY is a background process (daemon) which provides access to the Linux console (when in text mode) for a blind person using a refreshable braille display. It drives the braille display, and provides complete screen review functionality.
Bug Fixes
BZ#684526
Previously, building the brltty package could fail on the ocaml's unpackaged files error. This happened only if the ocaml package was pre-installed in the build root. The "--disable-caml-bindings" option has been added in the %configure macro so that the package now builds correctly.
BZ#809326
Previously, the /usr/lib/libbrlapi.so symbolic link installed by the brlapi-devel package incorrectly pointed to ../../lib/libbrlapi.so. The link has been fixed to correctly point to ../../lib/libbrlapi.so.0.5.
All users of brltty are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.19. btrfs-progs

Updated btrfs-progs packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The btrfs-progs packages provide user-space programs to create, check, modify, and correct any inconsistencies in a Btrfs file system.

Note

The btrfs-progs packages have been upgraded to upstream version 0.2, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version, including support for slashes in file system labels and new commands "btrfs-find-root", "btrfs-restore", and "btrfs-zero-log". This update also modifies the btrfs-progs utility, so that it is now built with the -fno-strict-aliasing method. (BZ#865600)
All users of btrfs-progs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.20. ccid

An updated ccid package that fixes one security issue and one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
Chip/Smart Card Interface Devices (CCID) is a USB smart card reader standard followed by most modern smart card readers. The ccid package provides a Generic, USB-based CCID driver for readers, which follow this standard.

Security Fix

CVE-2010-4530
An integer overflow, leading to an array index error, was found in the way the CCID driver processed a smart card's serial number. A local attacker could use this flaw to execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the PC/SC Lite pcscd daemon (root, by default), by inserting a specially-crafted smart card.

Bug Fix

BZ#808115
Previously, CCID only recognized smart cards with 5V power supply. With this update, CCID also supports smart cards with different power supply.
All users of ccid are advised to upgrade to this updated package, which contains backported patches to correct these issues.

7.21. cdrkit

Updated cdrkit packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The cdrkit packages contain a collection of CD/DVD utilities for generating the ISO9660 file-system and burning media.

Bug Fix

BZ#797990
Prior to this update, overlapping memory was handled incorrectly. As a consequence, newly created paths could be garbled when calling "genisoimage" with the "-graft-points" option to graft the paths at points other than the root directory. This update modifies the underlying code to generate graft paths as expected.
All users of cdrkit are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.22. certmonger

Updated certmonger packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The certmonger daemon monitors certificates which have been registered with it, and as a certificate's not-valid-after date approaches, the daemon can optionally attempt to obtain a fresh certificate from a supported CA.

Note

The certmonger packages have been upgraded to upstream version 0.61, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#827611)

Bug Fixes

BZ#810016
When certmonger was set up to not attempt to obtain a new certificate and the certificate's valid remaining time crossed a configured time to live (TTL) threshold, certmonger warned of a certificate's impending not-valid-after date. Certmonger then immediately logged the warning again, and continued to do so indefinitely, causing the /var/log/messages file to fill up with warnings. This bug has been fixed and certmonger returns a warning again only when another configured TTL threshold is crossed or the service is restarted.
BZ#893611
When certmonger attempts to save a certificate to an NSS database, it necessarily opens that database for writing. Previously, if any other process, including any other certmonger tasks that could require access to that database, had the database open for writing, that database could become corrupted. This update backports changes from later versions of certmonger which change its behavior. Now, actions that could result in database modifications are only performed one at a time.
All users of certmonger are advised to upgrade to these updated packages which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.23. cifs-utils

Updated cifs-utils packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The SMB/CIFS protocol is a standard file sharing protocol widely deployed on Microsoft Windows machines. This package contains tools for mounting shares on Linux using the SMB/CIFS protocol. The tools in this package work in conjunction with support in the kernel to allow one to mount a SMB/CIFS share onto a client and use it as if it were a standard Linux file system.

Bug Fixes

BZ#856729
When the mount.cifs utility ran out of addresses to try, it returned the "System error" error code (EX_SYSERR) to the caller service. The utility has been modified and it now correctly returns the "Mount failure" error code (EX_FAIL).
BZ#826825
Typically, "/" characters are not allowed in user names for Microsoft Windows systems, but they are common in certain types of kerberos principal names. However, mount.cifs previously allowed the use of "/" in user names, which caused attempts to mount CIFS file systems to fail. With this package, "/" characters are now allowed in user names if the "sec=krb5" or "sec=krb5i" mount options are specified, thus CIFS file systems can now be mounted as expected.
BZ#838606
Previously, the cifs-utils packages were compiled without the RELRO (read-only relocations) and PIE (Position Independent Executables) flags. Programs provided by this package could be vulnerable to various attacks based on overwriting the ELF section of a program. The "-pie" and "-fpie" options enable the building of position-independent executables, and the "-Wl","-z","relro" turns on read-only relocation support in gcc. These options are important for security purposes to guard against possible buffer overflows that lead to exploits. The cifs-utils binaries are now built with PIE and full RELRO support. The cifs-utils binary is now more secured against "return-to-text" and memory corruption attacks and also against attacks based on the program's ELF section overwriting.

Enhancements

BZ#843596
With this update, the "strictcache", "actimeo", "cache=" and "rwpidforward" mount options are now documented in the mount.cifs(8) manual page.
BZ#843612
The "getcifsacl", "setcifsacl" and "cifs.idmap" programs have been added to the package. These utilities allow users to manipulate ACLs on CIFS shares and allow the mapping of Windows security IDs to POSIX user and group IDs.
BZ#843617
With this update, the cifs.idmap helper, which allows SID to UID and SID to GID mapping, has been added to the package. Also, the manual page cifs.upcall(8) has been updated and cifs.idmap(8) has been added.
Users of cifs-utils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.24. clustermon

Updated clustermon packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The clustermon packages provide the modclusterd daemon, which is a service for remote cluster management. Modclusterd serves as an abstraction of the cluster status that utilizes other clustermon parts exposed through conga, the Simple Network Management (SNMP), and Common Information Model (CIM).

Bug Fixes

BZ#865588
Prior to this update, the dynamic library that represents the CIM provider of a cluster status was not built with all the required dependencies and therefore certain symbols could not be resolved. As a consequence, the cluster status could not be accessed via CIM. This update adds the missing dependencies to the dynamic library. Now, the cluster status is accessible as expected.
BZ#885830
Prior to this update, the size of XML-formatted cluster configuration (as in cluster.conf file) greater than 200 kB might have crashed modcluster, a program assisting the ricci daemon in handling the cluster configuration file (cluster.conf), or modclusterd, a daemon providing cluster status. This update drops this restriction and both executables no longer abort with larger configurations.
All users of clustermon are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.25. cluster and gfs2-utils

Updated cluster and gfs2-utils packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Cluster Manager is a collection of technologies working together to provide data integrity and the ability to maintain application availability in the event of a failure. Using redundant hardware, shared disk storage, power management, and robust cluster communication and application failover mechanisms, a cluster can meet the needs of the enterprise market.

Bug Fixes

BZ#785866
With this update, a minor typographical error has been fixed in the /usr/share/cluster/cluster.rng.in.head RELAX NG schema.
BZ#803477
Previously, the fsck.gfs2 program printed irrelevant error messages when reclaiming free metadata blocks. These messages could have been incorrectly understood as file system errors. With this update, these messages are no longer displayed.
BZ#814807
The master_wins implementation of the qdiskd daemon was not sufficiently fast to hand over the master status during the ordered shutdown. Consequently, a temporary loss of quorum in the cluster could have occurred. With this update, master_wins has been modified to operate more quickly.
BZ#838047
Previously, the master_wins implementation of the qdiskd daemon did not check strictly for errors in the /etc/cluster/cluster.conf file. Consequently, with several incorrect options in cluster.conf, two quorate partitions could have been created at the same time. With this update, master_wins has been modified to perform strict error checking to avoid the creation of multiple quorate partitions.
BZ#838945
Prior to this update, an overly long cluster name in the /etc/cluster/cluster.conf file could cause a buffer overflow when running the fsck.gfs2 utility on a GFS2 file system with a corrupt super block. With this update, the cluster name is truncated appropriately when the super block is being rebuilt. Now, the buffer overflow condition no longer occurs in the described case.
BZ#839241
Under certain circumstances, the cman cluster manager did not propagate two internal values across configuration reloads. Consequently, runtime inconsistencies could occur. This bug has been fixed, and the aforementioned error no longer occurs. Also, a corner case memory leak has been fixed.
BZ#845341
Prior to this update, the fenced daemon created the /var/log/cluster/fenced.log file with world readable permissions. With this update, fenced has been modified to set more strict security permissions for its log file. Also, permissions of an existing log file are automatically corrected if necessary.
BZ#847234
Previously, an insufficient buffer length limitation did not allow long configuration lines in the /etc/cluster/cluster.conf configuration file. Consequently, a long entry in the file caused the corosync utility to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the length limit has been extended. As a result, the segmentation fault no longer occurs in this situation.
BZ#853180
When a GFS2 file system was mounted with the lock_nolock option enabled, the cman cluster manager incorrectly checked the currently used resources. Consequently, cman failed to start. This bug has been fixed, and cman now starts successfully in the described case.
BZ#854032
In certain corner cases, triggered especially when shutting down all cluster nodes at the same time, the cluster daemons failed to quit within the cman shutdown limit (10 seconds). Consequently, the cman cluster manager declared a shutdown error. With this update, the default shutdown timeout has been increased to 30 seconds to prevent the shutdown error.
BZ#857952
Under rare circumstances, the fenced daemon polled an incorrect file descriptor from the cman cluster manager. Consequently, fenced entered a loop and the cluster became unresponsive. This bug has been fixed, and the aforementioned error no longer occurs.
BZ#861340
The fenced daemon is usually started before the messagebus (D-BUS) service, which has no harmful operational effects. Previously, this behavior was recorded as an error message in the /var/log/cluster/fenced.log file. To avoid confusion, this error message is now entered into /var/log/cluster/fenced.log only when the log level is set to debugging.
BZ#862847
Previously, the mkfs.gfs2 -t command accepted non-standard characters, like slash (/), in the lock table name. Consequently, only the first cluster node was able to mount a GFS2 file system successfully. The next node attempting to mount a GFS2 file system became unresponsive. With this update, a more strict validation of lock table names has been introduced. As a result, cluster nodes no longer hang when special characters are used in lock table.
BZ#887787
Previously, when the client using the cman API called the cman_stop_notification() function after cman was already closed, the client terminated with the SIGPIPE signal. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue, and the MSG_NOSIGNAL message is now displayed to warn the user in the described scenario.
BZ#888053
Prior to this update, the gfs2_convert tool was unable to handle certain corner cases when converting between GFS1 and GFS2 file systems. Consequently, the converted GFS2 file system contained errors. With this update, gfs2_convert has been fixed to detect these corner cases and adjust the converted file system accordingly

Enhancements

BZ#661764
The cman cluster manager is now supported with the bonding mode options 0, 1, and 2. Prior to this update, only bonding mode 1 was supported.
BZ#738704
This update adds support for clusters utilizing the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager native shared storage between nodes.
BZ#786118
The hostname aliases from the /etc/hosts file are now accepted as cluster node names across cluster applications.
BZ#797952
A new tool, fence_check, has been added to provide a method to test the fence configuration in a non disruptive way. The tool has been designed to run via the crontab utility for regular monitoring of fence devices.
BZ#821016
This update enables passing additional command line options to the dlm_controld daemon using the /etc/sysconfig/cman file.
BZ#842370
The Distributed Lock Manager (DLM) now allows tuning of DLM hash table sizes from the /etc/sysconfig/cman file. The following parameters can be set in the /etc/sysconfig/cman file:
DLM_LKBTBL_SIZE=<size_of_table>
DLM_RSBTBL_SIZE=<size_of_table>
DLM_DIRTBL_SIZE=<size_of_table>
which, in turn, modifies the values in the following files respectively:
/sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/lkbtbl_size
/sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/rsbtbl_size
/sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/dirtbl_size
BZ#857299
Previously, it was not possible to modify the default TCP port (21064) of the Distributed Lock Manager (DLM). With this update, the DLM_TCP_PORT configuration parameter has been added into the /etc/sysconfig/cman file. As a result, the DLM TCP port can be manually configured.
BZ#860048
The fsck.gfs2 program now checks for formal mismatches between disk inode numbers and directory entries in the GFS2 file system.
BZ#860847
This update adds support for two and four node clusters utilizing the rgmanager daemon with the rrp_mode option enabled.
BZ#878196
This update adds support for clusters utilizing the VMware's VMDK (Virtual Machine Disk) disk image technology with the multi-writer option. This allows using VMDK-based storage with the multi-writer option for clustered file systems such as GFS2.
All users of cluster and gfs2-utils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.26. control-center

Updated control-center packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The control-center packages provide various configuration utilities for the GNOME desktop. These utilities allow the user to configure accessibility options, desktop fonts, keyboard and mouse properties, sound setup, desktop theme and background, user interface properties, screen resolution, and other settings.

Bug Fix

BZ#805069
Prior to this update, the status LEDs on Wacom tablets did not correctly indicate the current mode. With this update, the LEDs now indicate which of the Touch Ring or Touch Strip modes are active.
All users of control-center are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.27. coolkey

Updated coolkey packages that fix several bugs and add an enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Coolkey is a smart card support library for the CoolKey, CAC (Common Access Card), and PIV (Personal Identity Verification) smart cards.

Bug Fixes

BZ#861108
Previously, Coolkey was unable to recognize PIV-I cards. This update fixes the bug and Coolkey now allows these cards to be read and display certificate information as expected.
BZ#879563
Prior to this update, The pkcs11_listcerts and pklogin_finder utilities were unable to recognize certificates and USB tokens on smart cards after upgrading the Coolkey library. A patch has been provided to address this issue and these utilities now work as expected.
BZ#806038
Previously, the remote-viewer utility failed to utilize a plugged smart card reader when a Spice client was running. Eventually, the client could terminate unexpectedly. Now, remote-viewer recognizes the reader and offers authentication once the card is inserted and the crashes no longer occur.
BZ#884266
Previously, certain new PIV-II smart cards could not be recognized by client card readers, the ESC card manager, or the pklogin_finder utility. A patch has been provided to address this issue and PIV-II cards now work with Coolkey as expected.

Enhancement

BZ#805693
Support for Oberthur Smart Cards has been added to the Coolkey library.
Users of coolkey are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add this enhancement.

7.28. Core X11 Libraries

Updated Core X11 libraries packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Core X11 libraries contain the base protocol of the X Window System, which is a networked windowing system for bitmap displays used to build graphical user interfaces on Unix, Unix-like, and other operating systems.
The pixman package has been upgraded to upstream version 0.18.4, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#644296)
The following packages have been upgraded to their upstream versions to conform to X Window System Test Suite (XTS5):
Table 7.1. Upgraded packages
Package nameUpstream versionBZ number
libxcb1.8.1755654
libXcursor1.1.13755656
libX111.5.0755657
libXi1.6.1755658
libXt1.1.3755659
libXfont1.4.5755661
libXrender0.9.7755662
libXtst1.2.1755663
libXext1.3.1755665
libXaw1.0.11755666
libXrandr1.4.0755667
libXft2.3.1755668
The following packages have been upgraded to their respective upstream versions, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous versions.
Table 7.2. Upgraded packages
Package nameUpstream versionBZ number
libXau1.0.6835172
libXcomposite0.4.3835183
libXdmcp1.1.1835184
libXevie1.0.3835186
libXinerama1.1.2835187
libXmu1.1.1835188
libXpm3.5.10835190
libXres1.0.6835191
libXScrnSaver1.2.2835192
libXv1.0.7835193
libXvMC1.0.7835195
libXxf86dga1.1.3835196
libXxf86misc1.0.3835197
libXxf86vm1.1.2835198
libdrm2.4.39835202
libdmx1.1.2835203
pixman0.26.2835204
xorg-x11-proto-devel7.6835206
xorg-x11-util-macros1.17835207
xorg-x11-xtrans-devel1.2.7835276
xkeyboard-config2.6835284
libpciaccess0.13.1843585
xcb-proto1.7843593
libSM1.2.1 843641

Bug Fixes

BZ#802559
Previously, in the xorg-x11-proto-devel package, the definition of the _X_NONNULL macro was incompatible with C89 compilers. Consequently, C89 applications could not be built in C89 mode if the X11/Xfuncproto.h file was included. This update fixes the macro definition to be compatible with C89 mode.
BZ#804907
Prior to this update, XI2 events were not properly initialized and could contain garbage values. A patch for the libXi package, which had been setting values to garbage, has been provided to fix this bug. Now, actual events no longer contain garbage values and are initialized as expected.
BZ#871460
Previously, the spec file of the xkeyboard-config package used the %{dist} macro in the Version tag. Although the standard Red Hat Enterprise Linux build environment defines this macro, it does not need to be defined. If it was not defined, %{dist} appeared literally in the resulting RPM package's version string when the package was rebuilt. The spec file has been corrected to use the conditional %{?dist} form, which expands to an empty string if %{dist} is not defined.
Users of Core X11 libraries are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add various enhancements.

7.29. Core X11 clients

Updated core client packages for the X Window System that fix one security issue, several bugs, and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The Core X11 clients packages provide the xorg-x11-utils, xorg-x11-server-utils, and xorg-x11-apps clients that ship with the X Window System.

Security Fix

CVE-2011-2504
It was found that the x11perfcomp utility included the current working directory in its PATH environment variable. Running x11perfcomp in an attacker-controlled directory would cause arbitrary code execution with the privileges of the user running x11perfcomp.

Note

The xorg-x11-utils and xorg-x11-server-utils packages have been upgraded to upstream version 7.5, and the xorg-x11-apps package to upstream version 7.6, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous versions. (BZ#835277, BZ#835278, BZ#835281)
All users of xorg-x11-utils, xorg-x11-server-utils, and xorg-x11-apps are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these issues and add these enhancements.

7.30. corosync

Updated corosync packages that fix several bugs and add multiple enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The corosync packages provide the Corosync Cluster Engine and C Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) for Red Hat Enterprise Linux cluster software.

Bug Fixes

BZ#783068
Prior to this update, the corosync-notifyd service did not run after restarting the process. This update modifies the init script to wait for the actual exit of previously running instances of the process. Now, the corosync-notifyd service runs as expected after restarting.
BZ#786735
Prior to this update, an incorrect node ID was sent in recovery messages when corosync entered recovery. As a consequence, debugging problems in the source code was difficult. This update sets the correct node ID.
BZ#786737
Upon receiving the JoinMSG message in the OPERATIONAL state, a node enters the GATHER state. However, if JoinMSG was discarded, the nodes sending this JoinMSG could not receive a response until other nodes have had their tokens expired. This caused the nodes having entered the GATHER state spend more time to rejoin the ring. With this update, the underlying source code has been modified to address this issue.
BZ#787789
Prior to this update the netfilter firewall blocked input and output multicast packets, corosync coould become suspended, failed to create membership and cluster could not be used. After this update, corosync is no longer dependent on multicast loop kernel feature for local messages delivery, but uses the socpair unix dgram socket.
BZ#794744
Previously, on InfiniBand devices, corosync autogenerated the node ID when the configuration file or the cluster manager (cman) already set one. This update modifies the underlying code to recognize user-set mode IDs. Now, corosync autogenerates node IDs only when the user has not entered one.
BZ#821352
Prior to this update, corosync sockets were bound to a PEERs IP address instead of the local IP address when the IP address was configured as peer-to-peer (netmask /32). As a consequence, corosync was unable to create memberships. This update modifies the underlying code to use the correct information about the local IP address.
BZ#824902
Prior to this update, the corosync logic always used the first IP address that was found. As a consequence, users could not use more than one IP address on the same network. This update modifies the logic to use the first network address if no exact match was found. Now, users can bind to the IP address they select.
BZ#827100
Prior to this update, some sockets were not bound to a concrete IP address but listened on all interfaces in the UDPU mode. As a consequence, users could encounter problems when configuring the firewall. This update binds all sockets correctly.
BZ#847232
Prior to this update, configuration file names that consisted of more than 255 characters could cause corosync to abort unexpectedly. This update returns the complete item value. In case of the old ABI, corosync prints an error. Now, corosync no longer aborts with longer names.
BZ#838524
When corosync was running with the votequorum library enabled, votequorum's register reloaded the configuration handler after each change in the configuration database (confdb). This caused corosync to run slower and to eventually encounter an Out Of Memory error. After this update, a register callback is only performed during startup. As a result, corosync no longer slows down or encounters an Out Of Memory error.
BZ#848210
Prior to this update, the corosync-notifyd output was considerably slow and corosync memory grew when D-Bus output was enabled. Memory was not freed when corosync-notifyd was closed. This update modifies the corosync-notifyd event handler not to wait when there is nothing to receive and send from or to D-Bus. Now, corosync frees memory when the IPC client exits and corosync-notifyd produces output in speed of incoming events.
BZ#830799
Previously, the node cluster did not correspond with the CPG library membership. Consequently, the nodes were recognized as unknown, and corosync warning messages were not returned. A patch with an enhanced log from CPG has been provided to fix this bug. Now, the nodes work with CPG correctly, and appropriate warning messages are returned.
BZ#902397
Due to a regression, the corosync utility did not work with IPv6, which caused the network interface to be down. A patch has been provided to fix this bug. Corosync now works with IPv6 as expected, and the network interface is up.
BZ#838524
When corosync was running with the votequorum library enabled, votequorum's register reloaded the configuration handler after each change in the configuration database (confdb). This caused corosync to run slower and to eventually encounter an Out Of Memory error. After this update, a register callback is only performed during startup. As a result, corosync no longer slows down or encounters an Out Of Memory error.
BZ#865039
Previously, during heavy cluster operations, one of the nodes failed sending numerous of the following messages to the syslog file:
dlm_controld[32123]: cpg_dispatch error 2
A patch has been applied to address this issue.
BZ#850757
Prior to this update, corosync dropped ORF tokens together with memb_join packets when using CPU timing on certain networks. As a consequence, the RRP interface could be wrongly marked as faulty. This update drops only memb_join messages.
BZ#861032
Prior to this update, the corosync.conf parser failed if the ring number was larger than the allowed maximum of 1. As a consequence, corosync could abort with a segmentation fault. This update adds a check to the corosync.conf parser. Now, an error message is printed if the ring number is larger than 1.
BZ#863940
Prior to this update, corosync stopped on multiple nodes. As a consequence, corosync could, under certain circumstances, abort with a segmentation fault. This update ensures that the corosync service no longer calls callbacks on unloaded services.
BZ#869609
Prior to this update, corosync could abort with a segmentation fault when a large number of corosync nodes were started together. This update modifies the underlying code to ensure that the NULL pointer is not dereferenced. Now, corosync no longer encounters segmentation faults when starting multiple nodes at the same time.
BZ#876908
Prior to this update, the parsercorosync-objctl command with additional parameters could cause the error "Error reloading DB 11". This update removes the reloading function and handles changes of changed objects in the configuration data base (confdb). Now, the logging level can be changed as expected.
BZ#873059
Several typos in the corosync(8) manual page have been fixed. Also, manual pages for confdb_* functions have been added.

Enhancements

BZ#770455
With this update, the corosync log includes the hostname and the process ID of the processes that join the cluster to allow for better troubleshooting.
BZ#794522
This update adds the manual page confdb_keys.8 to provide descriptions for corosync runtime statistics that are returned by corosync-objctl.
BZ#838743
This update adds the new trace level to filter corosync flow messages to improve debugging.
Users of corosync are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.
An updated corosync package that fixes several bugs is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Corosync packages provide the Corosync Cluster Engine and C Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) for Red Hat Enterprise Linux cluster software.

Bug Fix

BZ#929101
When running applications which used the Corosync IPC library, some messages in the dispatch() function were lost or duplicated. This update properly checks the return values of the dispatch_put() function, returns the correct remaining bytes in the IPC ring buffer, and ensures that the IPC client is correctly informed about the real number of messages in the ring buffer. Now, messages in the dispatch() function are no longer lost or duplicated.
Users of corosync are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.31. cpuspeed

Updated cpuspeed packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The cpuspeed packages contain a daemon that dynamically changes speed of processors depending upon their current workload. This package also supports enabling CPU frequency scaling via in-kernel CPUfreq governors on Intel Centrino and AMD Athlon64/Opteron platforms.

Bug Fix

BZ#876738
Previously, the cpuspeed daemon used a naive method of getting the highest available scaling frequency. Consequently, on certain platforms, cpuspeed did not set the CPU to the correct maximum limit. A patch has been provided to address this issue and cpuspeed now sets the maximum speed correctly.
Users of cpuspeed are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated cpuspeed packages that fix four bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The cpuspeed packages provide a daemon to manage the CPU frequency scaling.
Bug Fixes
BZ#642838
Prior to this update, the PCC driver used the “userspace” governor was loaded instead of the “ondemand” governor when loading. This update modifies the init script to also check the PCC driver.
BZ#738463
Prior to this update, the cpuspeed init script tried to set cpufrequency system files on a per core basis which was a deprecated procedure. This update sets thresholds globally.
BZ#616976
Prior to this update, the cpuspeed tool did not reset MIN and MAX values, when the configuration file was emptied. As a consequence, the MIN_SPEED or MAX_SPEED values were not reset as expected. This update adds conditionals in the init script to check these values. Now, the MIN_SPEED or MAX_SPEED values are reset as expected.
BZ#797055
Prior to this update, the init script did not handle the IGNORE_NICE parameter as expected. As a consequence, "-n" was added to command options when the IGNORE_NICE parameter was set. This update modifies the init script to stop adding the NICE option when using the IGNORE_NICE parameter.
All users of cpuspeed are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.
Updated cpuspeed packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The cpuspeed packages provide a daemon to manage the CPU frequency scaling.

Bug Fix

BZ#990474
The cpuspeed init script relied on the presence of the scaling_available_frequencies sysfs file to get the maximum possible scaling frequency for the system. Certain platforms did not provide the scaling_available_frequencies sysfs file, which caused the attempt to set the maximum scaling frequency to fail. With this update, the init script now reads the frequency from cpuinfo_max_speed, and setting the maximum scaling frequency now works on all platforms.
Users of cpuspeed are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.32. crash

Updated crash packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The crash packages provide a self-contained tool that can be used to investigate live systems, and kernel core dumps created from the netdump, diskdump, kdump, and Xen/KVM "virsh dump" facilities from Red Hat Enterprise Linux.

Note

The crash packages have been upgraded to upstream version 6.1.0, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#840051)

Bug Fix

BZ#843093
A recent time-keeping backport to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 kernel caused the crash utility to fail during initialization with the "crash: cannot resolve: xtime" error message. This update modifies crash to recognize and handle the time-keeping change in the kernel so that crash now successfully starts up as expected.

Enhancements

BZ#739094
The crash utility has been modified to support dump files in the firmware-assisted dump (fadump) format for the 64-bit PowerPC architecture.
BZ#834260
The "struct -o" option has been enhanced to accept a virtual address argument. If an address argument is entered, the structure members are prepended by their virtual address.
BZ#834276
The "bt" command has been enhanced by adding new "-s" and "[-xd]" options that allow displaying symbol names plus their offset in each frame. The default behavior is unchanged where only the symbol name is displayed. The symbol offset is expressed in the default output format, which can be overridden using the "-x" (hexadecimal) or "-d" (decimal) options.
All users of crash are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.33. createrepo

Updated createrepo packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The createrepo packages contain the utility that generates a common metadata repository from a directory of RPM packages.

Note

The createrepo packages have been upgraded to upstream version 0.9.9, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version, including support for multitasking in the createrepo utility. This update also modifies the "--update" option to use the SQLite database instead of the XML files in order to reduce memory usage. (BZ#631989, BZ#716235)

Bug Fix

BZ#833350
Previously, the createrepo utility ignored the "umask" command for files created in the createrepo cache directory. This behavior caused problems when more than one user was updating repositories. The bug has been fixed, and multiple users can now update repositories without complications.

Enhancements

BZ#646644
It is now possible to use the "createrepo" command with both the "--split" and the "--pkglist" options simultaneously.
BZ#714094
It is now possible to remove metadata from the repodata directory using the modifyrepo program. This update also enhances updating of the existing metadata.
All users of createrepo are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.34. ctdb

Updated ctdb packages that fix various bugs and are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The ctdb packages provide a clustered database based on Samba's Trivial Database (TDB) used to store temporary data.

Note

The ctbd packages have been upgraded to upstream version 1.0.114.5, which provides a number of bug fixes over the previous version. (BZ#838885)

Bug Fixes

BZ#758367
While running ctdb on the GFS2 file system, ctdb could ban a stable node when another node was started or stopped. This bug has been fixed by the rebase and stable nodes get no longer banned in the described scenario.
BZ#821715
Previously, on the Glusterfs file system, the ctdb lock file and configuration files were shared. Consequently, the ctdbd daemon running on a node terminated unexpectedly when another node in the cluster was brought down. This bug has been fixed by the rebase and ctdbd no longer crashes in the described scenario.
BZ#866670
After removing a ctdb node, the "ctdb status" command reported the same number of nodes as before the node was removed. A patch has been provided to address this issue and "ctdb status" now returns an accurate number of nodes after a remove operation.
Users of ctdb are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.35. curl

Updated curl packages that fix several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The curl packages provide the cURL utility for getting files from HTTP, FTP, FILE, LDAP, LDAPS, DICT, TELNET, and TFTP servers, using any of the supported protocols. This utility offers many useful capabilities, such as proxy support, user authentication, FTP upload, HTTP post, and file transfer resume.

Bug Fixes

BZ#741935
The libssh2 library did not sufficiently reflect its ABI extensions in its version, which prevented the RPM dependency scanner from adding the correct dependency of libcurl on an updated version of libssh2. Consequently, if the user updated libcurl without first updating libssh2, the update ended with incorrect linkage of libcurl and the user was then unable to update libssh2 using yum. An explicit dependency of libcurl on an update version of libssh2 has been added and yum can now be used to update libcurl.
BZ#746629
Previously, libcurl required certificates loaded from files to have unique file base names due to limitation of the legacy API of NSS (Network Security Services). Some packages using libcurl did not fulfil this requirement and caused nickname collisions within NSS. Now, libcurl has been modified to use a newer API of NSS, which does not suffer from this limitation, and packages using libcurl are now allowed to load certificates from files with unrestricted file names.
BZ#813127
Previously, libcurl misinterpreted the Content-Length HTTP header when receiving data using the chunked encoding. Consequently, libcurl failed to read the last chunk of data and the transfer terminated prematurely. An upstream patch has been applied to fix the handling of the header and the chunked encoding in libcurl now works as expected.
BZ#841905
A sub-optimally chosen identifier in cURL source files clashed with an identifier from a public header file introduced in a newer version of libssh2, which prevented the curl package from a successful build. An upstream patch has been applied on cURL source files, which fixes the identifier collisions and the package now builds as expected.
BZ#738456
The OpenLDAP suite was recently modified to use NSS instead of OpenSSL as the SSL back end. This change led to collisions between libcurl and OpenLDAP on NSS initialization and shutdown. Consequently, applications that were using both libcurl and OpenLDAP failed to establish SSL connections. This update modifies libcurl to use the same NSS API as OpenLDAP, which prevents collisions from occurring. Applications using OpenLDAP and libcurl can now connect to the LDAP server over SSL as expected.
BZ#719938
As a solution to a security issue, GSSAPI credential delegation was disabled, which broke the functionality of applications that were relying on delegation, incorrectly enabled by libcurl. To fix this issue, the CURLOPT_GSSAPI_DELEGATION libcurl option has been introduced in order to enable delegation explicitly when applications need it. All applications using GSSAPI credential delegation can now use this new libcurl option to be able to run properly.
BZ#772642
SSL connections could not be established with libcurl if the selected NSS database was broken or invalid. This update modifies the code of libcurl to initialize NSS without a valid database, which allows applications to establish SSL connections as expected.
BZ#873789
Previously, libcurl incorrectly checked return values of the SCP/SFTP write functions provided by libssh2. Negative values returned by those functions were treated as negative download amounts, which caused applications to terminate unexpectedly. With this update, all negative values are treated as errors and as such are properly handled on the libcurl level, thus preventing the crashes.
BZ#879592
Prior to this update, libcurl used an obsolete libssh2 API for uploading files over the SCP protocol, which limited the maximum size of files being transferred on 32-bit architectures. Consequently, the 32-bit packages of libcurl were unable to transfer large files over SCP. With this update, a new libssh2 API for SCP uploads is used, which does not suffer from this limitation, thus fixing this bug.

Enhancements

BZ#676596
Previously, libcurl provided only HTTP status codes in error messages when reporting HTTP errors. This could confuse users not familiar with HTTP. Now, libcurl has been improved to include the HTTP reason phrase in error messages, thus providing more understandable output.
BZ#730445
This update introduces a new option, --delegation, which enables Kerberos credential delegation in cURL.
Users of curl are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.36. cvs

An updated cvs package that fixes two bugs is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
[Update 19 November 2012] The file list of this advisory was updated to move the new cvs-inetd package from the base repository to the optional repository in the Client and HPC Node variants. No changes have been made to the packages themselves.
The Concurrent Versions System (CVS) is a version control system that can record the history of your files. CVS only stores the differences between versions, instead of every version of every file you have ever created. CVS also keeps a log of who, when, and why changes occurred.
BZ#671145
Prior to this update, the C shell (csh) did not set the CVS_RSH environment variable to "ssh" and the remote shell (rsh) was used instead when the users accessed a remote CVS server. As a consequence, the connection was vulnerable to attacks because the remote shell is not encrypted or not necessarily enabled on every remote server. The cvs.csh script now uses valid csh syntax and the CVS_RSH environment variable is properly set at log-in.
BZ#695719
Prior to this update, the xinetd package was not a dependency of the cvs package. As a result, the CVS server was not accessible through network. With this update, the cvs-inetd package, which contains the CVS inetd configuration file, ensures that the xinetd package is installed as a dependency and the xinetd daemon is available on the system.
All users of cvs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.37. dash

Updated dash packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The dash packages provide the POSIX-compliant Debian Almquist shell intended for small media like floppy disks.
Bug Fix
BZ#706147
Prior to this update, the dash shell was not an allowed login shell. As a consequence, users could not log in using the dash shell. This update adds the dash to the /etc/shells list of allowed login shells when installing or upgrading dash package and removes it from the list when uninstalling the package. Now, users can login using the dash shell.
All users of dash are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.38. device-mapper-multipath

Updated device-mapper-multipath packages that fix numerous bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The device-mapper-multipath packages provide tools for managing multipath devices using the device-mapper multipath kernel module.

Bug Fixes

BZ#578114
When the kpartx tool tried to delete a loop device that was previously created, and the udev utility had this loop device still open, the delete process would fail with the EBUSY error and kpartx did not attempt retry this operation. The kpartx tool has been modified to wait for one second and then retry deleting up to three times after the EBUSY error. As a result, loop devices created by kpartx are now always deleted as expected.
BZ#595692
The multipathd daemon only checked SCSI IDs when determining World Wide Identifiers (WWIDs) for devices. However, CCISS devices do not support SCSI IDs and could not be used by Device Mapper Multipath. With this update, multipathd checks CCISS devices for CCISS IDs properly and the devices are detected as expected.
BZ#810755
Some device configurations in the /usr/share/doc/device-mapper-multipath-0.X.X/multipath.conf.defaults file were out of date. Consequently, if users copied those configurations into the /etc/multipath.conf file, their devices would be misconfigured. The multipath.conf.defaults file has been updated and users can now copy configurations from it without misconfiguring their devices. Note that copying configurations from the multipath.conf.defaults file is not recommended as the configurations in that file are built into dm-multipath by default.
BZ#810788
Previously, Device Mapper Multipath stored multiple duplicate blacklist entries, which were consequently shown when listing the device-mapper-multipath's configuration. Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to check for duplicates before storing configuration entries and to store only the unique ones.
BZ#813963
Device Mapper Multipath had two Asymmetric Logical Unit Access (ALUA) prioritizers, which checked two different values. Certain ALUA setups were not correctly failing back to the primary path using either prioritizer because both values need to be checked and neither prioritizer checked them both. With this update, configuration options of both ALUA prioritizers now select the same prioritizer function, which checks both values as expected.
BZ#816717
When removing kpartx device partitions, the multipath -f option accepted only the device name, not the full pathname. Consequently, an attempt to delete a mulitpath device by the full pathname failed if the device had the kpartx partitions. Device Mapper Mulitpath has been modified to except the full pathname, when removing kpartx device partitions and deleting process no longer fails in the described scenario.
BZ#821885
Previously, the multipath -c option incorrectly listed SCSI devices, which were blacklisted by device type, as valid mulitpath path devices. As a consequence, Device Mapper Multipath could remove the partitions from SCSI devices that never ended up getting multipathed. With this update, multipath -c now checks if a SCSI device is blacklisted by device type, and reports it as invalid if it is.
BZ#822389
On reload, if a multipath device was not set to use the user_friendly_names parameter or a user-defined alias, Device Mapper Multipath would use its existing name instead of setting the WWID. Consequently, disabling user_friendly_names did not cause the multipath device names to change back to WWIDs on reload. This bug has been fixed and Device Mapper Mulitpath now sets the device name to its WWID if no user_friendly_names or user defined aliases are set. As a result, disabling user_friendly_names now allows device names to switch back to WWIDs on reload.
BZ#829065
When the Redundant Disk Array Controller (RDAC) checker returned the DID_SOFT_ERROR error, Device Mapper Multipath did not retry running the RDAC checker. This behavior caused Device Mapper Multipath to fail paths for transient issues that may have been resolved if it retried the checker. Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to retry the RDAC checker if it receives the DID_SOFT_ERROR error and no longer fails paths due to this error.
BZ#831045
When a multipath vector, which is a dynamically allocated array, was shrunk, Device Mapper Multipath was not reassigning the pointer to the array. Consequently, if the array location was changed by the shrinking, Device Mapper Multipath would corrupt its memory with unpredictable results. The underlying source code has been modified and Device Mapper Multipath now correctly reassigns the pointer after the array has been shrunk.
BZ#836890
Device Mapper Multipath was occasionally assigning a WWID with a white space for AIX VDASD devices. As a consequence, there was no single blacklist of WWID entry that could blacklist the device on all machines. With this update, Device Mapper Multipath assigns WWIDs without any white space characters for AIX VDASD devices, so that all machines assign the same WWID to an AIX VDASD device and the user is always able to blacklist the device on all machines.
BZ#841732
If two multipath devices had their aliases swapped, Device Mapper Multipath switched their tables. Consequently, if the user switched aliases on two devices, any application using the device would be pointed to the incorrect Logical Unit Number (LUN). Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to check if the device's new alias matches a different multipath device, and if so, to not switch to it.
BZ#860748
Previously, Device Mapper Multipath did not check the device type and WWID blacklists as soon as this information was available for a path device. Device Mapper Multipath has been modified to check the device type and WWID blacklists as soon as this information is available. As a result, Device Mapper Multipath no longer waits before blacklisting invalid paths.
BZ#869253
Previously, the multipathd daemon and the kpartx tool did not instruct the libdevmapper utility to skip the device creation process and let udev create it. As a consequence, sometimes libdevmapper created a block device in the /dev/mapper/ directory, and sometimes udev created a symbolic link in the same directory. With this update, multipathd and kpartx prevent libdevmapper from creating a block device and udev always creates a symbolic link in the /dev/mapper/ directory as expected.

Enhancements

BZ#619173
This enhancement adds a built-in configuration for SUN StorageTek 6180 to Device Mapper Multipath.
BZ#735459
To set up persistent reservations on multipath devices, it was necessary to set it up on all of the path devices. If a path device was added later, the user had to manually add reservations to that path. This enhancement adds the ability to set up and manage SCSI persistent reservations using device-mapper devices with the mpathpersist utility. As a result, when path devices are added, persistent reservations are set up as well.
BZ#810989
This enhancement updates the multipathd init script to load the dm-multipathd module, so that users do not have to do this manually in cases when no /etc/multipath.conf file is present during boot. Note that it is recommended to create the multipath.conf file by running the mpathconf --enable command, which also loads the dm-multipath module.
BZ#818367
When the RDAC path device is in service mode, it is unable to handle I/O requests. With this enhancement, Device Mapper Multipath puts an RDAC path device into a failed state if it is in the service mode.
BZ#839386
This update adds two new options to the defaults and devices sections of the multipath.conf file; the retain_attached_hw_hander option and the detect_prio option. By default, both of these options are set to no in the defaults section of the multipath.conf file. However, they are set to yes in the NETAPP/LUN device configuration file. If retain_attach_hw_handler is set to yes and the SCSI layer has attached a hardware handler to the device, Device Mapper Multipath sets the hardware as usual. If detect_prio is set to yes, Device Mapper Multipath will check if the device supports ALUA. If so, it automatically sets the prioritizer to the alua value. If the device does not support ALUA, Device Mapper Multipath sets the prioritizer as usual. This behavior allows NETAPP devices to work in ALUA or non-ALUA mode without making users change to built-in config.
In order for retain_attached_hw_handler to work, the SCSI layer must have already attached the device handler. To do this, the appropriate scsi_dh_XXX module, for instance scsi_dh_alua, must be loaded before the SCSI layer discovers the devices. To guarantee this, add the following parameter to the kernel command line:
rdloaddriver=scsi_dh_XXX
Updated device-mapper-multipath packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The device-mapper-multipath packages provide tools for managing multipath devices using the device-mapper multipath kernel module.

Bug Fix

BZ#988704
Prior to this update, Device Mapper Multipath did not check for NULL pointers before dereferencing them in the sysfs functions. As a result, the multipathd daemon could crash if a multipath device was resized while a path device was being removed. With this update, Device Mapper Multipath checks for NULL pointers in sysfs functions and no longer crashes when a multipath device is resized at the same time as a path device is removed.
Users of device-mapper-multipath are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated device-mapper-multipath packages that add one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The device-mapper-multipath packages provide tools for managing multipath devices using the device-mapper multipath kernel module.

Enhancement

BZ#993545
This update adds a new /etc/multipath.conf file default keyword, "reload_readwrite". If set to "yes", multipathd will listen to path device change events, and if the device has read-write access, it will reload the multipath device. This allows multipath devices to automatically have read-write permissions, as soon as the path devices have read-write access, instead of requiring manual intervention. Thus, when all the path devices belonging to a multipath device have read-write access, the multipath device will automatically allow read-write permissions.
Users of device-mapper-multipath are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which add this enhancement.

7.39. dhcp

Updated dhcp packages that fix one security issue and two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The dhcp packages provide the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) that allows individual devices on an IP network to get their own network configuration information, including an IP address, a subnet mask, and a broadcast address.

Security Fix

CVE-2012-3955
A flaw was found in the way the dhcpd daemon handled the expiration time of IPv6 leases. If dhcpd's configuration was changed to reduce the default IPv6 lease time, lease renewal requests for previously assigned leases could cause dhcpd to crash.

Bug Fixes

BZ#803540
Prior to this update, the DHCP server discovered only the first IP address of a network interface if the network interface had more than one configured IP address. As a consequence, the DHCP server failed to restart if the server was configured to serve only a subnet of the following IP addresses. This update modifies network interface addresses discovery code to find all addresses of a network interface. The DHCP server can also serve subnets of other addresses.
BZ#824622
Prior to this update, the dhclient rewrote the /etc/resolv.conf file with backup data after it was stopped even when the PEERDNS flag was set to "no" before shut down if the configuration file was changed while the dhclient ran with PEERDNS=yes. This update removes the backing up and restoring functions for this configuration file from the dhclient-script. Now, the dhclient no longer rewrites the /etc/resolv.conf file when stopped.
All users of DHCP are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these issues. After installing this update, all DHCP servers will be restarted automatically.
Updated dhcp packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a protocol that allows individual devices on an IP network to get their own network configuration information, including an IP address, a subnet mask, and a broadcast address. The dhcp packages provide a relay agent and ISC DHCP service required to enable and administer DHCP on a network.

Bug Fix

BZ#1005672
Previously, the dhcpd daemon or dhclient tool were started to serve on an alias interface for Infiniband network interface card. Consequently, dhcpd/dhclient terminated unexpectedly. One of patches was improved to cover this specific case, thus fixing the bug. Now, both dhcpd and dhclient run correctly.
All users of dhcp are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.40. dnsmasq

Updated dnsmasq packages that fix one security issue, one bug, and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having moderate security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The dnsmasq packages contain Dnsmasq, a lightweight DNS (Domain Name Server) forwarder and DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server.

Security Fix

CVE-2012-3411
It was discovered that dnsmasq, when used in combination with certain libvirtd configurations, could incorrectly process network packets from network interfaces that were intended to be prohibited. A remote, unauthenticated attacker could exploit this flaw to cause a denial of service via DNS amplification attacks.
In order to fully address this issue, libvirt package users are advised to install updated libvirt packages. Refer to RHSA-2013:0276 for additional information.

Bug Fix

BZ#815819
Due to a regression, the lease change script was disabled. Consequently, the "dhcp-script" option in the /etc/dnsmasq.conf configuration file did not work. This update corrects the problem and the "dhcp-script" option now works as expected.

Enhancements

BZ#824214
Prior to this update, dnsmasq did not validate that the tftp directory given actually existed and was a directory. Consequently, configuration errors were not immediately reported on startup. This update improves the code to validate the tftp root directory option. As a result, fault finding is simplified especially when dnsmasq is called by external processes such as libvirt.
BZ#850944
The dnsmasq init script used an incorrect Process Identifier (PID) in the "stop", "restart", and "condrestart" commands. Consequently, if there were some dnsmasq instances running besides the system one started by the init script, then repeated calling of "service dnsmasq" with "stop" or "restart" would kill all running dnsmasq instances, including ones not started with the init script. The dnsmasq init script code has been corrected to obtain the correct PID when calling the "stop", "restart", and "condrestart" commands. As a result, if there are dnsmasq instances running in addition to the system one started by the init script, then by calling "service dnsmasq" with "stop" or "restart" only the system one is stopped or restarted.
BZ#887156
When two or more dnsmasq processes were running with DHCP enabled on one interface, DHCP RELEASE packets were sometimes lost. Consequently, when two or more dnsmasq processes were running with DHCP enabled on one interface, releasing IP addresses sometimes failed. This update sets the SO_BINDTODEVICE socket option on DHCP sockets if running dnsmasq with DHCP enabled on one interface. As a result, when two or more dnsmasq processes are running with DHCP enabled on one interface, they can release IP addresses as expected.
All users of dnsmasq are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these issues and add these enhancements.

7.41. docbook-utils

Updated docbook-utils packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The docbook-utils packages provide a set of utility scripts to convert and analyze SGML documents in general, and DocBook files in particular. The scripts are used to convert from DocBook or other SGML formats into file formats like HTML, man, info, RTF and many more.

Bug Fix

BZ#639866
Prior to this update, the Perl script used for generating manpages contained a misprint in the header. As a consequence, the header syntax of all manual pages that docbook-utils built was wrong. This update corrects the script. Now the manual page headers have the right syntax.
All users of docbook-utils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.42. dovecot

Updated dovecot packages that fix three security issues and one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
Dovecot is an IMAP server, written with security primarily in mind, for Linux and other UNIX-like systems. It also contains a small POP3 server. It supports mail in either of maildir or mbox formats. The SQL drivers and authentication plug-ins are provided as sub-packages.

Security Fixes

CVE-2011-2166, CVE-2011-2167
Two flaws were found in the way some settings were enforced by the script-login functionality of Dovecot. A remote, authenticated user could use these flaws to bypass intended access restrictions or conduct a directory traversal attack by leveraging login scripts.
CVE-2011-4318
A flaw was found in the way Dovecot performed remote server identity verification, when it was configured to proxy IMAP and POP3 connections to remote hosts using TLS/SSL protocols. A remote attacker could use this flaw to conduct man-in-the-middle attacks using an X.509 certificate issued by a trusted Certificate Authority (for a different name).

Bug Fix

BZ#697620
When a new user first accessed their IMAP inbox, Dovecot was, under some circumstances, unable to change the group ownership of the inbox directory in the user's Maildir location to match that of the user's mail spool (/var/mail/$USER). This correctly generated an "Internal error occurred" message. However, with a subsequent attempt to access the inbox, Dovecot saw that the directory already existed and proceeded with its operation, leaving the directory with incorrectly set permissions. This update corrects the underlying permissions setting error. When a new user now accesses their inbox for the first time, and it is not possible to set group ownership, Dovecot removes the created directory and generates an error message instead of keeping the directory with incorrect group ownership.
Users of dovecot are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues. After installing the updated packages, the dovecot service will be restarted automatically.

7.43. dracut

Updated dracut packages that fix several bugs and add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The dracut packages include an event-driven initramfs generator infrastructure based on the udev device manager. The virtual file system, initramfs, is loaded together with the kernel at boot time and initializes the system, so it can read and boot from the root partition.

Bug Fixes

BZ#835646
Previously, dracut could not handle uppercase MAC addresses for the PXE "BOOTIF=" parameter. As a consequence, a machine with a dracut generated initramfs could not boot over the network, when the "BOOTIF=" parameter contained uppercase MAC addresses. With this update, dracut converts internally the MAC addresses to lowercase. Now, a machine with a dracut generated initramfs can boot over the network successfully when the "BOOTIF=" parameter contains uppercase MAC addresses.
BZ#831338
Previously, the default mount option of the /proc/ directory during boot up was "mount -t proc -o nosuid,noexec,nodev proc/proc". This resulted in inaccessible device nodes in the /proc/ directory for some kernel drivers. The default mount option of the /proc directory has been changed to "mount -t proc proc /proc" and all kernel modules now load successfully.
BZ#794751
Previously, dracut could not use the Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) and dmsquash-live module together. As a consequence, it was not possible to boot from a live medium over iSCSI. After this update, a dracut-generated initramfs, which contains the iSCSI and dmsquash-live modules, is able to boot a live medium via iSCSI. This can be done using the kernel command "root=live:LABEL=<partition-or-iso-label> netroot=iscsi: ".
BZ#813057
Previously, the new Brocade switch firmware took longer to complete the BCBx negotiation and a dracut-generated initramfs did not wait long enough for the DCBx negotiation. Now, the initramfs sleeps for three seconds after loading the "802q" kernel module and the DCBx negotiation with the new Brocade switch firmware completes successfully.
BZ#843105
When using the "live_ram" parameter for booting from live media, the dracut-generated initramfs ejected the medium. After this action, a reboot caused the machine to not boot from the medium again, even if it was intended. After this update, dracut honors the "no_eject" kernel command-line parameter. Now, if "no_eject" is given on the kernel command-line, the dracut-generated initramfs no longer ejects the live medium after copying it to the RAM.
BZ#850493
In FIPS mode, the kernel image has to be validated by a checksum. The sha512hmac tool reads the absolute path of the file to check from the checksum file. Previously, if "/boot" was not on a separate file system, dracut mounted the root file system to "/sysroot". The "/sysroot/boot" partition was not accessible with the "/boot" path and the sha512hmac tool could not access the file in "/boot" to check for. The check failed and the boot process was cancelled. Consequently, the boot processes did not succeed in FIPS mode if "/boot" was not on a separate file system. Now, dracut creates a symbolic link from the "/sysroot/boot" partition to the "/boot" partition in the initramfs and the sha512hmac tool can check the kernel image and the machine can continue booting, if the check was successful.
BZ#890081
Previously, the kernel module "scsi_dh_alua" was not included in the initramfs and as a consequence, "scsi_dh_alua" could not be preloaded via the "rdloaddriver" kernel command. The "scsi_dh_alua" kernel module is now included in the initramfs and "scsi_dh_alua" can be preloaded successfully using "rdloaddriver".
BZ#854416
Previously, dracut did not strip the kernel modules as mentioned in the man page. Consequently, initramfs size grew very big if the customer had kernel modules with a lot of debug info. The dracut utility now strips the kernel modules, except when in FIPS mode, and as a result, the initramfs size is smaller and can be loaded on machines with small memory.

Enhancements

BZ#823507
Documentation for the "rd_retry=" boot option has been added to the dracut(8) man page.
BZ#858187
The dracut utility can now boot from iSCSI on a network with virtual LANs configured, where the virtual LAN settings are stored in the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table BIOS.
Users of dracut are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.44. dropwatch

Updated dropwatch packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The dropwatch package contains a utility that provides packet monitoring services.
Bug Fix
BZ#725464
Prior to this update, the dropwatch utility could become unresponsive because it was waiting for a deactivation acknowledgement to be issued by an already deactivated or stopped service. With this update, dropwatch detects an attempt to deactivate/stop an already deactivated/stopped service and no longer hangs.
All users of dropwatch are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.45. dvd+rw-tools

Updated dvd+rw-tools packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The dvd+rw-tools packages contain a collection of tools to master DVD+RW/+R media.
BZ#807474
Prior to this update, the growisofs utility wrote chunks of 32KB and reported an error during the last chunk when burning ISO image files that were not aligned to 32KB. This update allows the written chunk to be smaller than a multiple of 16 blocks.
All users of dvd+rw-tools are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.46. e2fsprogs

Updated e2fsprogs packages that fix several bugs and add one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The e2fsprogs packages provide a number of utilities for creating, checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in the ext2 file systems.

Bug Fixes

BZ#806137
On a corrupted file system, the "mke2fs -S" command could remove files instead of attempting to recover them. This bug has been fixed; the "mke2fs -S" command writes metadata properly and no longer removes files instead of recovering them.
BZ#813820
The resize2fs(8) man page did not list an ext4 file system as capable of on-line resizing. This omission has been fixed and the resize2fs(8) man page now includes all file systems that can be resized on-line.
BZ#858338
A special flag was used to indicate blocks allocated beyond the end of file on an ext4 file system. This flag was sometimes mishandled, resulting in file system corruption. Both the kernel and user space have been reworked to eliminate the use of this flag.

Enhancement

BZ#824126
Previously, users could use the e2fsck utility on a mounted file system, although it was strongly recommended not to do so. Using the utility on a mounted file system led to file system corruption. With this update, e2fsck opens the file system exclusively and fails when the file system is busy. This behavior avoids possible corruption of the mounted file system.
Users of e2fsprogs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add this enhancement
Updated e2fsprogs packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The e2fsprogs packages provide a number of utilities for creating, checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in the ext2 file systems.

Bug Fix

BZ#1023351
The resize2fs utility did not properly handle resizing of an ext4 file system to a smaller size. As a consequence, files containing many extents could become corrupted if they were moved during the resize process. With this update, resize2fs now maintains a consistent extent tree when moving files containing many extents, and such files no longer become corrupted in this scenario.
Users of e2fsprogs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated e2fsprogs packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The e2fsprogs packages provide a number of utilities for creating, checking, modifying, and correcting any inconsistencies in the ext2 file systems.

Bug Fix

BZ#974193
Some ext4 extent tree corruptions were not detected or repaired by e2fsck. Inconsistencies related to overlapping interior or leaf nodes in the extent tree were not detected, and the file system remained in an inconsistent state after an e2fsck. These inconsistencies were then detected by the kernel at run time. e2fsck is now able to detect and repair this class of corruptions in the file system.
Users of e2fsprogs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.47. eclipse-nls

Updated eclipse-nls packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The eclipse-nls packages provide Native Language Support langpacks for the Eclipse IDE that contain translations into many languages.

Note

The clipse-nls packages have been upgraded to upstream version 3.6.0.v20120721114722, which updates the language packs and provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#692358)
All users of eclipse-nls are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.48. environment-modules

Updated environment-modules packages that fix several bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The environment-modules packages provide for the dynamic modification of a user's environment using modulefiles. Each modulefile contains the information needed to configure the shell for an application. Once the package is initialized, the environment can be modified on a per-module basis using the module command which interprets modulefiles.

Note

The environment-modules package has been upgraded to upstream version 3.2.9c, which provides a number of bug fixes over the previous version. (BZ#765630)

Bug Fixes

BZ#818177
Due to an error in the Tcl library, some allocated pointers were invalidated inside the library. Consequently, running the "module switch" command in the tcsh shell led to a segmentation fault. The bug has been fixed and the system memory is now allocated and pointed to correctly.
BZ#848865
Previously, the /usr/share/Modules/modulefiles/modules file contained an incorrect path. Consequently, an error occurred when the "module load modules" command was executed. With this update, the incorrect path has been replaced and the described error no longer occurs.
All users of environment-modules are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.49. espeak

Updated espeak packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The espeak packages contain a software speech synthesizer for English and other languages. eSpeak uses a "formant synthesis" method, which allows many languages to be provided in a small size.
Bug Fix
BZ#789997
Previously, eSpeak manipulated the system sound volume. As a consequence, eSpeak could set the sound volume to maximum regardless of the amplitude specified. The sound volume management code has been removed from eSpeak, and now only PulseAudio manages the sound volume.
All users of espeak are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.50. ethtool

Updated ethtool packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The ethtool utility allows the querying and changing of Ethernet adapter settings, such as port speed, auto-negotiation, and device-specific performance options.

Note

The ethtool packages have been upgraded to upstream version 3.5, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#819846)
All users of ethtool are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.51. evolution-data-server

Updated evolution-data-server packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The evolution-data-server packages provide a unified back end for applications which interact with contacts, task and calendar information. Evolution Data Server was originally developed as a back end for Evolution, but is now used by various other applications.

Bug Fix

BZ#734048
The CalDav calendar back end was converting Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs) with unescaped space characters or the "%20" string to "%2520". As a consequence, rendering the back end did not allow to contact the remote CalDav service that caused CalDav calendars to be inaccessible. This bug has been fixed and evolution-data-server works correctly in the described scenario.
All users of evolution-data-server are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.52. evolution

Updated evolution packages that fix one security issue and three bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
Evolution is the GNOME mailer, calendar, contact manager and communication tool. The components which make up Evolution are tightly integrated with one another and act as a seamless personal information-management tool.

Security Fix

CVE-2011-3201
The way Evolution handled mailto URLs allowed any file to be attached to the new message. This could lead to information disclosure if the user did not notice the attached file before sending the message. With this update, mailto URLs cannot be used to attach certain files, such as hidden files or files in hidden directories, files in the /etc/ directory, or files specified using a path containing "..".
Red Hat would like to thank Matt McCutchen for reporting this issue.

Bug Fixes

BZ#707526
Creating a contact list with contact names encoded in UTF-8 caused these names to be displayed in the contact list editor in the ASCII encoding instead of UTF-8. This bug has been fixed and the contact list editor now displays the names in the correct format.
BZ#805239
Due to a bug in the evolution-alarm-notify process, calendar appointment alarms did not appear in some types of calendars. The underlying source code has been modified and calendar notifications work as expected.
BZ#890642
An attempt to print a calendar month view as a PDF file caused Evolution to terminate unexpectedly. This update applies a patch to fix this bug and Evolution no longer crashes in this situation.
All evolution users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues. All running instances of Evolution must be restarted for this update to take effect.

7.53. fcoe-target-utils

Updated fcoe-target-utils packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The fcoe-target-utils packages provide a command-line interface for configuring FCoE LUNs (Fibre Channel over Ethernet Logical Unit Numbers) and backstores.

Bug Fixes

BZ#819698
Prior to this update, stopping the fcoe-target daemon did not stop the target session when rebooting. This update improves the fcoe-target script and the fcoe-target daemon can now properly shut down the kernel target.
BZ#824227
Prior to this update, a delay in the FCoE interface initialization sometimes resulted in the target configuration not being loaded for that interface. This update permits target configuration for absent interfaces, allowing target and interface configuration in any order.
BZ#837730
Prior to this update, specifying a nonexistent backing file when creating a backstore resulted in the unhelpful Python error "ValueError: No such path". This update reports the error in a more helpful way.
BZ#837992
Prior to this update, attempting to remove a storage object in a backstore resulted in a Python error. This update fixes the problem and storage objects can now be removed as expected.
BZ#838442
Prior to this update, attempting to redirect the output of targetcli resulted in a Python error. This update allows targetcli to be successfully redirected.
BZ#846670
Due to a regression, creating a backstore resulted in a Python error. This update allows backstore creation without error.

Enhancements

BZ#828096
Prior to this update, backstore size listing abbreviations did not clearly specify between power of 10 (for example Gigabyte) and power of 2 (Gibibyte). This update lists backstore sizes using power-of-2 sizes and labels them as such.
BZ#828681
The caching characteristics of backstores are now exposed via the SCSI Write Cache Enable (WCE) bit to initiators, instead of being set opaquely via the "buffered-mode" backstore setting. The default setting for WCE is "on".
All users of fcoe-target-utils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.54. fcoe-utils

Updated fcoe-utils packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The fcoe-utils packages provide Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) utilities, such as the fcoeadm command line tool for configuring FCoE interfaces, and the fcoemon service to configure DCB Ethernet QOS filters.

Note

The fcoe-utils packages have been upgraded to upstream version 1.0.24, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version.

Bug Fix

BZ#867117
When turning off DCB on a Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) initiator interface connected to a Cisco Fibre Channel Forwarder (FCF), the fcoemon utility disabled the interface but the FCoE interface was re-enabled by a Netlink event before DCB was operational again. Consequently, the interface did not operate in degraded mode with LUNS present as expected and the output of the "ip l" and "fcoeadm -i" commands was contradictory. A patch has been applied to the fcoemon utility to ensure DCB is operational again before enabling the FCoE interface when a link is brought up. In addition, a patch has been applied to fcoe-utils to improve error handling and error messages related to creating and deleting of FCoE interfaces when DCB is not ready.

Enhancement

BZ#826291
Support for VLAN notification with VLAN ID 0 has been added. If a VLAN notification has the tag "VLAN 0", the physical port will now be activated. The VLAN interface will not be created but FCoE will be started on the physical interface itself.
All users of fcoe-utils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.55. febootstrap

Updated febootstrap packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The febootstrap packages provide a tool to create a basic Red Hat Enterprise Linux or Fedora file system, and build initramfs (initrd.img) or file system images.

Bug Fix

BZ#803962
The "febootstrap-supermin-helper" program is used when opening a disk image using the libguestfs API, or as part of virt-v2v conversion. Previously, this tool did not always handle the "-u" and "-g" options correctly when the host used an LDAP server to resolve user names and group names. This caused the virt-v2v command to fail when LDAP was in use. With this update, the "febootstrap-supermin-helper" program has been modified to parse the "-u" and "-g" options correctly, so that virt-v2v works as expected in the described scenario.
Users of febootstrap are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.56. fence-agents

Updated fence-agents packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Red Hat fence agents are a collection of scripts for handling remote power management for cluster devices. They allow failed or unreachable nodes to be forcibly restarted and removed from the cluster.

Bug Fixes

BZ#908409
Previously, when fencing a Red Hat Enterprise Linux cluster node with the fence_soap_vmware fence agent, the agent terminated unexpectedly with a traceback if it was not possible to resolve a hostname of an IP address. With this update, a proper error message is displayed in the described scenario.
BZ#908401
Due to incorrect detection on newline characters during an SSH connection, the fence_drac5 agent could terminate the connection with a traceback when fencing a Red Hat Enterprise Linux cluster node. Only the first fencing action completed successfully but the status of the node was not checked correctly. Consequently, the fence agent failed to report successful fencing. When the "reboot" operation was called, the node was only powered off. With this update, the newline characters are correctly detected and the fencing works as expected.
All users of fence-agents are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.
Updated fence-agents packages that fix multiple bugs and add four enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The fence-agents packages provide the Red Hat fence agents to handle remote power management for cluster devices. The fence-agents allow failed or unreachable nodes to be forcibly restarted and removed from the cluster.

Bug Fixes

BZ#769798
The speed of fencing is critical because otherwise, broken nodes have more time to corrupt data. Prior to this update, the operation of the fence_vmware_soap fence agent was slower than expected when used on the VMWare vSphere platform with hundreds of virtual machines. With this update, the fencing process is faster and does not terminate if virtual machines without an UID are encountered.
BZ#822507
Prior to this update, the attribute "unique" in XML metadata was set to TRUE (1) by default. This update modifies the underlying code to use FALSE (0) as the default value because fence agents do not use these attributes.
BZ#825667
Prior to this update, certain fence agents did not generate correct metadata output. As a result, it was not possible to use the metadata for automatic generation of manual pages and user interfaces. With this update, all fence agents generate their metadata as expected.
BZ#842314
Prior to this update, the fence_apc script failed to log into APC power switches where firmware changed the end-of-line marker from CR-LF to LF. This update modifies the script to log into a fence device as expected.
BZ#863568
Prior to this update, the fence_rhevm agent failed to run the regular expression get_id regex when using a new href attribute. As a consequence, the plug status was not available. This update modifies the underlying code to show the correct status either as ON or OFF.

Enhancements

BZ#740869
This update adds the fence_ipdu agent to support IBM iPDU fence devices in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
BZ#752449
This update adds the fence_eaton agent to support Eaton ePDU (Enclosure Power Distribution Unit) devices in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
BZ#800650
This update adds symlinks for common fence types that utilize standards-based agents in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
BZ#818337
This update adds the fence_bladecenter agent to the fence-agents packages in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 to support the --missing-as-off feature for the HP BladeSystem to handle missing nodes as switched off nodes so that fencing can end successfully even if a blade is missing.
BZ#837174
This update supports action=metadata via standard input for all fence agents.
All users of fence-agents are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.57. fence-virt

Updated fence-virt packages that fix two bugs and add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The fence-virt packages provide a fencing agent for virtual machines as well as a host agent, which processes fencing requests.

Bug Fixes

BZ#761228
Previously, the fence_virt man page contained incorrect information in the "SERIAL/VMCHANNEL PARAMETERS" section. With this update, the man page has been corrected.
BZ#853927
Previously, the fence_virtd daemon returned an incorrect error code to the fence_virt agent when the virt domain did not exist. Consequently, the fence_node utility occasionally failed to detect fencing. With this update, the error codes have been changed and the described error no longer occurs.

Enhancements

BZ#823542
The "delay" (-w) option has been added to the fence_virt and fence_xvm fencing agents. The delay option can be used, for example, as a method of preloading a winner in a fence race in a CMAN cluster.
BZ#843104
With this update, the documentation of the "hash" parameter in the fence_virt.conf file has been improved to notify that hash is the weakest hashing algorithm allowed for client requests.
All users of fence-virt are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.58. file

Updated file packages that fix multiple bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The "file" command is used to identify a particular file according to the type of data contained in the file. The command can identify various file types, including ELF binaries, system libraries, RPM packages, and different graphics formats.
Bug Fixes
BZ#795425
The file utility did not contain a "magic" pattern for detecting QED images and was therefore not able to detect such images. A new "magic" pattern for detecting QED images has been added, and the file utility now detects these images as expected.
BZ#795761
The file utility did not contain a "magic" pattern for detecting VDI images and was therefore not able to detect such images. A new "magic" pattern for detecting VDI images has been added, and the file utility now detects these images as expected.
BZ#797784
Previously, the file utility did not attempt to load "magic" patterns from the ~/.magic.mgc file, which caused "magic" patterns stored in this file to be unusable. This update modifies the file utility so it now attempts to load the ~/.magic.mgc file. The file is loaded if it exists and "magic" patterns defined in this file work as expected.
BZ#801711
Previously, the file utility used read timeout when decompressing files using the "-z" option. As a consequence, the utility was not able to detect files compressed by the bzip2 tool. The underlying source code has been modified so that file no longer uses read timeout when decompressing compressed files. Compressed files are now detected as expected when using the "-z" option.
BZ#859834
Previously, the file utility contained multiple "magic" patterns to detect output of the "dump" backup tool. On big-endian architectures, the less detailed "magic" pattern was used and output of the file utility was inconsistent. The less detailed "magic" pattern has been removed, and only one, more detailed, "magic" pattern to detect "dump" output is used now.
All users of file are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.59. firstboot

Updated firstboot packages that add one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The firstboot utility runs after installation and guides the user through a series of steps that allows for easier configuration of the machine.

Enhancement

BZ#831818
Previously, the Firstboot utility allowed displaying only the English version of the End User Licence Agreement (EULA), which could be problematic for users who do not understand English. This update modifies Firstboot so that it uses the $LANG environment variable to find the localized EULA file according to the language set during installation. If the EULA file in the selected language is not found, the default EULA file, which is in English, is used. Users can now read the EULA document in the language chosen during installation before accepting it.
All users of firstboot are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which add this enhancement.

7.60. ftp

Updated ftp packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The ftp package provides the standard UNIX command line File Transfer Protocol (FTP) client. FTP is a widely used protocol for transferring files over the Internet, and for archiving files.
Bug Fix
BZ#783868
Prior to this update, using the ftp command "put" when the stack size was set to unlimited caused the sysconf(_SC_ARG_MAX) function to return -1, which in turn resulted in the malloc() function being called with an argument of 0 and causing an "Out of memory" message to be displayed. With this update, the underlying source code has been improved to allocate a reasonable minimum of memory. As a result, the "Out of memory" message no longer appears if the stack size was previously set to unlimited.
All users of ftp are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated ftp packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The ftp packages provide the standard UNIX command line File Transfer Protocol (FTP) client. FTP is a widely used protocol for transferring files over the Internet, and for archiving files.
Bug Fixes
BZ#869858
Prior to this update, the ftp client could encounter a buffer overflow and aborted if a macro longer than 200 characters was defined and then used after a connection. This update modifies the underlying code and the buffer that holds memory for the macro name was extended. Now, ftp matches the length of the command line limit and the ftp client no longer aborts when a macro with a long name is executed.
All users of ftp are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated ftp packages that fix four bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The ftp packages provide the standard UNIX command line File Transfer Protocol (FTP) client. FTP is a widely used protocol for transferring files over the Internet, and for archiving files.
Bug Fixes
BZ#665337
Previously, the command line width in the ftp client was limited to 200 characters. With this update, the maximum possible length of the FTP command line is extended to 4296 characters.
BZ#786004
Prior to this update, "append", "put", and "send" commands were causing system memory to leak. The memory holding the ftp command was not freed appropriately. With this update, the underlying source code has been improved to correctly free the system resources and the memory leaks are no longer present.
BZ#849940
Previously, the ftp client could not be invoked to run directly in the active mode. This functionality has been added to the source code and documented in the manual page. The client can now be executed with an additional "-A" command line parameter and will run in the active mode.
BZ#852636
Previously, the ftp client hung up when the ftp-data port (20) was not available (e.g. was blocked). The client then had to be terminated manually. Additional logic has been added to the source code. With this update, ftp has an internal timeout set to 30 seconds. If there is no answer from the server when this time has passed, ftp will now gracefully time out and not hang up.
All users of ftp are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.61. gawk

Updated gawk packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gawk packages provide the GNU version of the text processing utility awk. Awk interprets a special-purpose programming language to do quick and easy text pattern matching and reformatting jobs.
Bug Fix
BZ#829558
Prior to this update, the "re_string_skip_chars" function incorrectly used the character count instead of the raw length to estimate the string length. As a consequence, any text in multi-byte encoding that did not use the UTF-8 format failed to be processed correctly. This update modifies the underlying code so that the correct string length is used. multi-byte encoding is processed correctly.
All users of gawk requiring multi-byte encodings that do not use UTF-8 are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.62. gcc

Updated gcc packages that fix several bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gcc packages provide compilers for C, C++, Java, Fortran, Objective C, and Ada 95 GNU, as well as related support libraries.

Bug Fixes

BZ#801144
Due to the incorrect size of a pointer in GCC GNAT code, GNAT used an incorrect function of the libgcc library when compiling 32-bit Ada binaries on PowerPC architecture. Consequently, these programs could not be linked and the compilation failed. This update fixes the problem so that the sizeof operator now returns the correct size of a pointer, and the appropriate function from libgcc is called. GNAT compiles Ada binaries as expected in this scenario.
BZ#808590
The Standard Template Library (STL) contained an incomplete move semantics implementation, which could cause GCC to generate incorrect code. The incorrect headers have been fixed so that GCC now produce the expected code when depending on move semantics.
BZ#819100
GCC did not, under certain circumstances, handle generating a CPU instruction sequence that would be independent of indexed addressing on PowerPC architecture. As a consequence, an internal compiler error occurred if the "__builtin_bswap64" built-in function was called with the "-mcpu=power6" option. This update corrects the relevant code so that GCC now generates an alternate instruction sequence that does not depend on indexed addressing in this scenario.
BZ#821901
A bug in converting the exception handling region could cause an internal compiler error to occur when compiling profile data with the "-fprofile-use" and "-freorder-basic-blocks-and-partition" options. This update fixes the erroneous code and the compilation of profile data now proceeds as expected in this scenario.
BZ#826882
Previously, GCC did not properly handle certain situations when an enumeration was type cast using the static_cast operator. Consequently, an enumeration item could have been assigned an integer value greater than the highest value of the enumeration's range. If the compiled code contained testing conditions using such enumerations, those checks were incorrectly removed from the code during code optimization. With this update, GCC was modified to handle enumeration type casting properly and C++ now no longer removes the mentioned checks.
BZ#831832
Previously, when comparing the trees equality, the members of a union or structure were not handled properly in the C++ compiler. This led to an internal compiler error. This update modifies GCC so that unions and structures are now handled correctly and code that uses tree equality comparing is now compiled successfully.
BZ#867878
GCC previously processed the "srak" instructions without the z196 flag, which enables a compiler to work with these instructions. Consequently, some binaries, such as Firefox, could not be compiled on IBM System z and IBM S/390 architectures. With this update, GCC has been modified to support the z196 flag for the srak instructions, and binaries requiring these instructions can now be compiled successfully on IBM System z and IBM S/390 architectures.
All users of gcc are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.63. gdb

Updated gdb packages that fix one security issue and three bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having moderate security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The GNU Debugger (GDB) allows debugging of programs written in C, C++, Java, and other languages by executing them in a controlled fashion and then printing out their data.

Security Fix

CVE-2011-4355
GDB tried to auto-load certain files (such as GDB scripts, Python scripts, and a thread debugging library) from the current working directory when debugging programs. This could result in the execution of arbitrary code with the user's privileges when GDB was run in a directory that has untrusted content.

Note

With this update, GDB no longer auto-loads files from the current directory and only trusts certain system directories by default. The list of trusted directories can be viewed and modified using the "show auto-load safe-path" and "set auto-load safe-path" GDB commands. Refer to the GDB manual for further information:

Bug Fixes

BZ#795424
When a struct member was at an offset greater than 256 MB, the resulting bit position within the struct overflowed and caused an invalid memory access by GDB. With this update, the code has been modified to ensure that GDB can access such positions.
BZ#811648
When a thread list of the core file became corrupted, GDB did not print this list but displayed the "Cannot find new threads: generic error" error message instead. With this update, GDB has been modified and it now prints the thread list of the core file as expected.
BZ#836966
GDB did not properly handle debugging of multiple binaries with the same build ID. This update modifies GDB to use symbolic links created for particular binaries so that debugging of binaries that share a build ID now proceeds as expected. Debugging of live programs and core files is now more user-friendly.
All users of gdb are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues.
Updated gdb packages that fix several bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The GNU Debugger (GDB) allows debugging of programs written in C, C++, Java, and other languages by executing them in a controlled fashion and then printing out their data.

Bug Fixes

BZ#952090
When users tried to execute the "maintenance set python print-stack" command, gdb did not recognize it and issued an error stating the command was undefined. With this update, gdb now correctly recognizes and executes the command.
BZ#952100
When debugging a C++ program which declared a local static variable inside a class, gdb was unable to locate the local static variable. This caused problems when debugging some issues that required examining these kinds of variables. With this update, gdb now correctly identifies that the variable exists, and the debugging process functions normally.
BZ#954300
Previously, users experienced an internal error in the debugger when using a Thread Local Storage (TLS) modifier in a static variable declared inside a class on a C++ program, and asking gdb to print its value. This caused the debugging session to be compromised. With this update, gdb is now able to correctly deal with a static variable declared as a TLS inside a class and errors no longer occur in the described scenario.
Users of gdb are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.64. gdm

Updated gdm packages that fix four bugs and add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gdm packages provide the GNOME Display Manager (GDM), which implements the graphical login screen, shown shortly after boot up, log out, and when user-switching.

Bug Fixes

BZ#616755
Previously, the gdm_smartcard_extension_is_visible() function returned "TRUE" instead of the "ret" variable. Consequently, the smartcard login could not be disabled in the system-config-authentication window if the pcsd package was installed. With this update, gdm_smartcard_extension_is_visible() has been modified to return the correct value. As a result, the described error no longer occurs.
BZ#704245
When GDM was used to connect to a host via XDMCP (X Display Manager Control Protocol), another connection to a remote system using the "ssh -X" command resulted in failed authentication with the X server. Consequently, applications such as xterm could not be displayed on a remote system. This update provides a compatible MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 key in the described scenario, thus fixing this incompatibility.
BZ#738462
Previously, X server audit messages were not included by default in the X server log. Now, those messages are unconditionally included in the log. Also, with this update, verbose messages are added to the X server log if debugging is enabled in the /etc/gdm/custom.conf file by setting "Enable=true" in the "debug" section.
BZ#820058
Previously, after booting the system, the following message occurred in the /var/log/gdm/:0-greeter.log file:
gdm-simple-greeter[PID]: Gtk-WARNING: gtkwidget.c:5460: widget not within a GtkWindow
With this update, this warning is no longer displayed.

Enhancements

BZ#719647
With this update, GDM has been modified to allow smartcard authentication when the visible user list is disabled.
BZ#834303
Previously, the GDM debugging logs were stored in the /var/log/messages file. With this update, a separate /var/log/gdm/daemon.log file has been established for these debugging logs.
All users of gdm are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.65. gd

Updated gd packages that fix one bug is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gd packages provide the gd graphics library. GD allows code to draw images as PNG or JPEG files.
BZ#790400
Prior to this update, ,the gd graphics library handled inverted Y coordinates incorrectly, when changing the thickness of a line. As a consequence, lines with changed thickness were drawn incorrectly. This update modifies the underlying code to draw lines with changed thickness correctly.
All users of gd are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.66. geronimo-specs

Updated geronimo-specs packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The geronimo-specs packages provide the specifications for Apache's ASF-licenced J2EE server Geronimo.
Bug Fix
BZ#818755
Prior to this update, the geronimo-specs-compat package description contained inaccurate references. This update removes these references so that the description is now accurate.
All users of geronimo-specs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.67. glibc

Updated glibc packages that fix multiple bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The glibc packages provide the standard C and standard math libraries, which are used by multiple programs on the system. These libraries are required for the Linux system to function correctly.

Bug Fixes

BZ#804686
Prior to this update, a logic error caused the DNS code of glibc to incorrectly handle rejected responses from DNS servers. As a consequence, additional servers in the /etc/resolv.conf file could not be searched after one server responded with a REJECT. This update modifies the logic in the DNS. Now, glibc cycles through the servers listed in /etc/resolv.conf even if one returns a REJECT response.
BZ#806404
Prior to this update, the nss/getnssent.c file contained an unchecked malloc call and an incorrect loop test. As a consequence, glibc could abort unexpectedly. This update modifies the malloc call and the loop test.
BZ#809726
Prior to this update, locale data for the characters in the range a-z were incorrect in the Finnish locale. As a consequence, some characters in the range a-z failed to print correctly in the Finnish locale. This update modifies the underlying code to provide the correct output for these characters. Now, characters in the Finnish locale print as expected.
BZ#823909
If a file or a string was in the IBM-930 encoding, and contained the invalid multibyte character "0xffff", attempting to use iconv() (or the iconv command) to convert that file or string to another encoding, such as UTF-8, resulted in a segmentation fault. Now, the conversion code for the IBM-930 encoding recognizes this invalid character and calls an error handler, rather than causing a segmentation fault.
BZ#826149
Prior to this update, the fnmatch() function failed with the return value -1 when the wildcard character "*" was part of the pattern argument and the file name argument contained an invalid multibyte encoding. This update modifies the fnmatch() code to recognize this case. Now, the invalid characters are treated as not matching and then the process proceeds.
BZ#827362
Prior to this update, the internal FILE offset was set incorrectly in wide character streams. As a consequence, the offset returned by ftell was incorrect. In some cases, this could result in over-writing data. This update modifies the ftell code to correctly set the internal FILE offset field for wide characters. Now, ftell and fseek handle the offset as expected.
BZ#829222
Prior to this update, the /etc/rpc file was not set as a configuration file in the glibc build. As a consequence, updating glibc caused the /etc/rpc file to be replaced without warning or creating a backup copy. This update correctly marks /etc/rpc as a configuration file. Now, the existing /etc/rpc file is left in place, and the bundled version can be installed in /etc/rpc.rpmnew.
BZ#830127
Prior to this update, the vfprintf command returned the wrong error codes when encountering an overflow. As a consequence, applications which checked return codes from vfprintf could get unexpected values. This update modifies the error codes for overflow situations.
BZ#832516
Prior to this update, the newlocale flag relied entirely on failure of an underlying open() call to set the errno variable for an incorrect locale name. As a consequence, the newlocale() function did not set the errno variable to an appropriate value when failing, if it has already been asked about the same incorrect locale name. This update modifies the logic in the loadlocale call so that subsequent attempts to load a non-existent locale more than once always set the errno variable appropriately.
BZ#832694
Prior to this update, the ESTALE error message referred only to NFS file systems. As a consequence, users were confused when non-NFS file systems triggered this error. This update modifies the error message to apply the error message to all file systems that can trigger this error.
BZ#835090
Prior to this update, an internal array of name servers was only partially initialized when the /etc/resolv.conf file contained IPV6 name servers. As a consequence, applications could, depending on the exact contents of a nearby structure, abort. This update modifies the underlying code to handle IPV6 name servers listed in /etc/resolv.conf.
BZ#837695
Prior to this update, a buffer in the resolver code for glibc was too small to handle results for certain DNS queries. As a consequence, the query had to be repeated after a larger buffer was allocated and wasted time and network bandwidth. This update enlarges the buffer to handle the larger DNS results.
BZ#837918
Prior to this update, the logic for the functions exp, exp2, pow, sin, tan, and rint was erroneous. As a consequence, these functions could fail when running them in the non-default rounding mode. With this update, the functions return correct results across all 4 different rounding modes.
BZ#841787
Prior to this update, glibc incorrectly handled the options rotate option in the /etc/resolv.conf file if this file also contained one or more IPv6 name servers. As a consequence, DNS queries could unexpectedly fail, particularly when multiple queries were issued by a single process. This update modifies the internalization of the listed servers from /etc/resolv.conf into internal structures of glibc, as well as the sorting and rotation of those structures to implement the options rotate capability. Now, DNS names are resolved correctly in glibc.
BZ#846342
Prior to this update, certain user-defined 32 bit executables could issue calls to the memcpy() function with overlapping arguments. As a consequence, the applications invoked undefined behavior and could fail. With this update, users with 32 bit applications which issue the memcpy function with overlapping arguments can create the /etc/sysconfig/32bit_ssse3_memcpy_via_32bit_ssse3_memmove. If this file exists, glibc redirects all calls to the SSSE3 memcpy copiers to the SSSE3 memmove copier, which is tolerant of overlapping arguments.

Important

We strongly encourage customers to identify and fix these problems in their source code. Overlapping arguments to memcpy() is a clear violation of the ANSI/ISO standards and Red Hat does not provide binary compatibility for applications which violate these standards.
BZ#847932
Prior to this update, the strtod(), strtof(), and strtold() functions to convert a string to a numeric representation in glibc contained multiple integer overflow flaws. This caused stack-based buffer overflows. As a consequence, these functions could cause an application to abort or, under certain circumstances, execute arbitrary code. This update modifies the underlying code to avoid these faults.
BZ#848082
Prior to this update, the setlocale() function failed to detect memory allocation problems. As a consequence, the setlocale() function eventually core dumped, due to NULL pointers or uninitialized strings. This update modifies the setlocale code to insure that memory allocation succeeded. Now, the setlocale() function no longer core dumps.
BZ#849651
Prior to this update, the expf() function was considerably slowed down when saving and restoring the FPU state. This update adds a hand optimized assembler implementation of the expf() function for Intel 64 and AMD64 platforms. Now, the expf() function is considerably faster.
BZ#852445
Prior to this update, the PowerPC specific pthread_once code did not correctly publish changes it made. As a consequence, the changes were not visible to other threads at the right time. This update adds release barriers to the appropriate thread code to ensure correct synchronization of data between multiple threads.
BZ#861167
This update adds the MADV_DONTDUMP and MADV_DODUMP macros to the mman.h file to compile code that uses these macros.
BZ#863453
Prior to this update, the nscd daemon attempted to free a pointer that was not provided by the malloc() function, due to an error in the memory management in glibc. As a consequence, nscd could terminate unexpectedly, when handling groups with a large number of members. This update ensures that memory allocated by the pool allocator is no longer passed to free. Now, the pool allocator's garbage collector reclaims the memory. As a result, nscd no longer crashes on groups with a large number of members.
BZ#864322
Prior to this update, the IPTOS_CLASS definition referenced the wrong object. As a consequence, applications that referenced the IPTOS_CLASS definition from the ip.h file did not build or failed to operate as expected. This update modifies the definition to reference the right object and applications that reference to the IPTOS_CLASS definition.
Users of glibc are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs ...
Updated glibc packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The glibc packages provide the standard C libraries (libc), POSIX thread libraries (libpthread), standard math libraries (libm), and the Name Server Caching Daemon (nscd) used by multiple programs on the system. Without these libraries, the Linux system cannot function correctly.

Bug Fix

BZ#989558
The C library security framework was unable to handle dynamically loaded character conversion routines when loaded at specific virtual addresses. This resulted in an unexpected termination with a segmentation fault when trying to use the dynamically loaded character conversion routine. This update enhances the C library security framework to handle dynamically loaded character conversion routines at any virtual memory address, and crashes no longer occur in the described scenario.
Users of glibc are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated glibc packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The glibc packages provide the standard C and standard math libraries used by multiple programs on the system. Without these libraries, the Linux system cannot function correctly.

Bug Fixes

BZ#964044
A fix to prevent logic errors in various mathematical functions, including exp, exp2, expf, exp2f, pow, sin, tan, and rint, caused by inconsistent results when the functions were used with the non-default rounding mode, creates performance regressions for certain inputs. The performance regressions have been analyzed and the core routines have been optimized to bring performance back to reasonable levels.
BZ#970992
A program that opens and uses dynamic libraries which use thread-local storage variables may terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault when it is being audited by a module that also uses thread-local storage. This update modifies the dynamic linker to detect such a condition, and crashes no longer occur in the described scenario.
Users of glibc are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.
Updated glibc packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The glibc packages provide the standard C libraries (libc), POSIX thread libraries (libpthread), standard math libraries (libm), and the name service cache daemon (nscd) used by multiple programs on the system. Without these libraries, the Linux system cannot function correctly.

Bug Fix

BZ#1001050
A defect in the name service cache daemon (nscd) caused cached DNS queries, under certain conditions, to return only IPv4 addresses when querying for an address using the AF_UNSPEC address family, even though IPv4 and IPv6 results existed. The defect has been corrected and nscd correctly returns both IPv4 and IPv6 results if they both exist.
Users of glibc are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.68. gnome-desktop

Updated gnome-desktop packages that fix a bug are now available.
The gnome-desktop package contains an internal library (libgnome-desktop) used to implement some portions of the GNOME desktop, and also some data files and other shared components of the GNOME user environment.
Bug Fix
BZ#829891
Previously, when a user hit the system's hot-key (most commonly Fn+F7) to change display configurations, the system could potentially switch to an invalid mode, which would fail to display. With this update, gnome-desktop now selects valid XRandR modes and correctly switching displays with the hot-key works as expected.
All users of gnome-desktop are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.69. gnome-packagekit

An updated gnome-packagekit package that fixes four bugs is now available.
gnome-packagekit provides session applications for the PackageKit API.

Bug Fixes

BZ#744980
If a package adds or removes a .repo file while updates are being installed, PackageKit (packagekitd) sends a RepoListChanged() message. If Software Update (/usr/bin/gpk-update-viewer) was being used to install these updates it responded to the message by attempting to refresh the available updates list. This resulted in said list going blank. As of this update, gpk-update-viewer ignores such signals from packagekitd, leaving the available updates list visible and unchanged.
BZ#744906
When a 64-bit Red Hat Enterprise Linux instance had both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of a package installed, and an update for both packages was available and presented in the Software Update (/usr/bin/gpk-update-viewer) window, the summary and package name appeared for both architectures. Package size and the errata note only presented for the 32-bit version, however. For the 64-bit version, the size column remained blank. And, when the 64-bit version was selected in Software list, the display pane below presented a ‘Loading...’ message rather than the errata note. With this update, gpk-update-viewer seeks out the exact package ID before falling back to the package name, ensuring both package versions are found and associated meta-data displayed when more than one package architecture is installed.
BZ#694793
When an application is installed using the Add/Remove Software interface (/usr/bin/gpk-application), a dialogue box appears immediately post-install offering a Run button. Clicking this button launches the newly-installed program. Previously, under some circumstances, an improperly assigned pointer value meant clicking this Run button caused gpk-application to crash (segfault). With this update, the pointer is correctly assigned and gpk-application no longer crashes when launching a newly-installed application.
BZ#669798
Previously, it was possible for an ordinary user to shutdown their system or log-out from a session while the PackageKit update tool was running. Depending on the transaction PackageKit was engaged in when the shutdown or logout was initiated, this could damage the RPM database and, consequently, damage the system. With this update, when ordinary users attempting to shutdown or log out while PackageKit is running an update, PackageKit inhibits the process and presents the user with an alert:
A transaction that cannot be interrupted is running.
Note: this update does not prevent a root user (or other user with equivalent administrative privileges) from shutting the system down or logging an ordinary user out of their session.
All PackageKit users should install this update which resolves these issues.

7.70. gnome-screensaver

Updated gnome-screensaver packages that fix several bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gnome-screensaver packages contain the GNOME project's official screen saver program. The screen saver is designed for improved integration with the GNOME desktop, including themeability, language support, and Human Interface Guidelines (HIG) compliance. It also provides screen-locking and fast user-switching from a locked screen.

Bug Fixes

BZ#648869
Previously, NVIDIA hardware did not support the X Resize and Rotate Extension (xRandR) gamma changes. Consequently, the fade-out function did not work on the NVIDIA hardware. With this update, xRandR gamma support detection code fails on NVIDIA cards, and the XF86VM gamma fade extension is automatically used as a fallback so the fade-out function works as expected.
BZ#744763
Previously, the mouse cursor could be moved to a non-primary monitor so the unlock dialog box did not appear when the user moved the mouse. This bug has been fixed and the mouse cursor can no longer be moved to a non-primary monitor. As a result, the unlock dialog box comes up anytime the user moves the mouse.
BZ#752230
Previously, the shake animation of the unlock dialog box could appear to be very slow. This was because the background was updated every time the window's size allocation changed, and the widget's size allocation consequently changed every frame of the shake animation. The underlying source code has been modified to ensure a reasonable speed of the shake animation.
BZ#759395
When a Mandatory profile was enabled, the "Lock screen when screen saver is active" option in the Screensaver Preferences window was not disabled. This bug could expose the users to a security risk. With this update, the lock-screen option is disabled as expected in the described scenario.
BZ#824752
When using dual screens, moving the mouse did not unlock gnome-screensaver after the initial timeout. The users had to press a key to unlock the screen. The underlying source code has been modified and the user can now unlock gnome-screensaver by moving the mouse.
All users of gnome-screensaver are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.
Updated gnome-screensaver packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6..
The gnome-screensaver packages contain the GNOME project's official screen saver program. It is designed for improved integration with the GNOME desktop, including themeability, language support, and Human Interface Guidelines (HIG) compliance. It also provides screen-locking and fast user-switching from a locked screen.

Bug Fix

BZ#994868
Previously, when using virt-manager, virt-viewer, and spice-xpi applications, users were unable to enter the gnome-screensaver password after the screen saver started. This happened only when the VM system used the Compiz composting window manager. After users released the mouse cursor, then pressed a key to enter a password, the dialog did not accept any input. This happened due to incorrect assignment of window focus to applications that did not drop their keyboard grab. With this update, window focus is now properly assigned to the correct place, and attempts to enter the gnome-screensaver password no longer fail in the described scenario.
Users of gnome-screensaver are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.71. gnome-settings-daemon

Updated gnome-settings-daemon packages that fix several bugs and add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gnome-settings-daemon packages contain a daemon to share settings from GNOME with other applications. It also handles global key bindings, as well as a number of desktop-wide settings.

Bug Fixes

BZ#805064
Previously, the LED indicators of some Wacom graphics tablets were not supported in the gnome-settings-daemon package. Consequently, the status LEDs on Wacom tablets would not accurately indicate the current control mode. With this update, LED support has been added to gnome-settings-daemon. As a result, the tablet LEDs now work as epected.
BZ#812363
Previously, using function keys without modifiers (F1, F2, and so on) as keyboard shortcuts for custom actions did not work. With this update, a patch has been added to fix this bug. As a result, gnome-settings-daemon now allows unmodified function keys to be used as keyboard shortcuts for custom actions.
BZ#824757
In certain cases, the gnome-settings-daemon did not properly handle the display configuration settings. Consequently, using the system's hot-key to change the display configuration either did not select a valid XRandR configuration or kept monitors in clone mode. This bug has been fixed and gnome-settings-daemon now selects valid XRandR modes and handles the clone mode as expected.
BZ#826128
Previously, connecting a screen tablet to a computer before activation of the tablet screen caused the input device to be matched with the only available monitor - the computer screen. Consequently, the stylus motions were incorrectly mapped to the computer screen instead of the tablet itself. With this update, a patch has been introduced to detect the tablet screen as soon as it becomes available. As a result, the device is correctly re-matched when the tablet screen is detected.
BZ#839328
Previously, using the shift key within a predefined keyboard shortcut mapped to the tablet's ExpressKey button caused gnome-settings-daemon to crash after pressing ExpressKey. This bug has been fixed, and the shortcuts which use the shift key can now be mapped to ExpressKey without complications.
BZ#853181
Prior to this update, the mouse plug-in in the gnome-settings-daemon package interfered with Wacom devices. Consequently, using ExpressKey on a tablet after hot-plugging generated mouse click events. With this update, the mouse plug-in has been fixed to ignore tablet devices and the interference no longer occurs.
BZ#886922
Previously, on tablets with multiple mode-switch buttons such as the Wacom Cintiq 24HD, all mode-switch buttons would cycle though the different modes. With this update, each different mode-switch button will select the right mode for the given button.
BZ#861890
Due to a bug in the gnome settings daemon, changing the monitor layout led to incorrect tablet mapping. With this update, the graphics tablet mapping is automatically updated when the monitor layout is changed. As a result, the stylus movements are correctly mapped after the layout change and no manual update is needed.

Enhancements

BZ#772728
With this update, several integration improvements for Wacom graphics tablets have been backported from upstream: - touchscreen devices are now automatically set in absolute mode instead of relative - memory leaks on tablet hot plug have been fixed - ExpressKeys no longer fail after the layout rotation - test applications are now included in the package to help with debugging issues.
BZ#858255
With this update, the touch feature of input devices has been enabled in the default settings of gnome-settings-daemon.
All users of gnome-settings-daemon are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.72. gnome-terminal

Updated gnome-terminal packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Gnome-terminal is a terminal emulator for GNOME. It supports translucent backgrounds, opening multiple terminals in a single window (tabs) and clickable URLs.
Bug Fix
BZ#819796
Prior to this update, gnome-terminal was not completely localized into Asamese. With this update, the Assamese locale has been updated.
All gnome-terminal users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.73. gnutls

Updated gnutls packages that fix four bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gnutls packages provide the GNU Transport Layer Security (GnuTLS) library, which implements cryptographic algorithms and protocols such as SSL, TLS, and DTLS.

Bug Fixes

BZ#648297
Previously, the gnutls_priority_init.3 man page contained incorrect information on the gnutls-2.8.5-safe-renegotiation patch, particularly on special control keywords. The manual page has been updated to provide accurate information about the described subject.
BZ#745242
Prior to this update, the gnutls_x509_privkey_import() function failed to load private keys in the PKCS#8 format. Consequently, these keys were not processed by applications which use gnutls_x509_privkey_import(). This bug has been fixed, and gnutls_x509_privkey_import() now allows loading of private keys formatted in PKCS#8.
BZ#771378
Multiple bugs were present in the implementation of the TLS-1.2 protocol in the gnutls package. Consequently, gnutls was incompatible with clients and servers conforming to the TLS-1.2 protocol standard. With this update, the TLS-1.2 implementation has been fixed. As a result, the compatibility of gnutls with other TLS-1.2 clients and servers is now assured.
BZ#807746
Previously, the gnutls-cli-debug man page contained typographical errors and incorrect information on the command-line options. The manual page has been updated, and no longer contains the aforementioned errors.
All users of gnutls are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.
Updated gnutls packages that fix one security issue are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having important security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available from the CVE link associated with the description below.
The GnuTLS library provides support for cryptographic algorithms and for protocols such as Transport Layer Security (TLS).

Security Fix

CVE-2013-2116
It was discovered that the fix for the CVE-2013-1619 issue released via RHSA-2013:0588 introduced a regression in the way GnuTLS decrypted TLS/SSL encrypted records when CBC-mode cipher suites were used. A remote attacker could possibly use this flaw to crash a server or client application that uses GnuTLS.
Users of GnuTLS are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which correct this issue. For the update to take effect, all applications linked to the GnuTLS library must be restarted.

7.74. graphviz

Updated graphviz packages that fix three bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Graphviz is open-source graph-visualization software. Graph visualization is a way of representing structural information as diagrams of abstract graphs and networks. It has important applications in networking, bioinformatics, software engineering, database and web design, machine learning, and in visual interfaces for other technical domains.
Bug Fixes
BZ#772637
Previously, the dot tool could generate different images on 32-bit and 64-bit architectures, which could consequently lead to multilib conflicts of packages that use graphviz during its build process. The problem was caused by different instructions used for floating points processing. On 32-bit Intel architecture, the code is now compiled with the "--ffloat-store" compiler flag, which ensures that identical images are generated regardless of the used architecture.
BZ#821920
The graphviz-tcl package included the "demo" directory, which contained examples in various languages. This caused implicit dependencies to be introduced. With this update, all examples are installed as documentation, which reduces the number of implicit dependencies.
BZ#849134
The "dot -c" command which is run in the %postun scriptlet recreates graphviz configuration files to be up-to-date with the current state of the installed plug-ins. Previously, if the command failed to load plug-ins specified in the configuration files, warning messages were printed when removing the graphviz-gd package. These messages could have been confusing, and have been therefore removed.
All users of graphviz are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.75. grub

Updated grub packages that fix several bugs and add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The GRUB utility is a powerful boot loader, which can load a wide variety of operating systems.

Bug Fixes

BZ#783169
When the BIOS was set to Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) mode, all legacy option ROMs in the setup were disabled, and the grub.efi utility was loaded, an attempt to access the network with the NET0 protocol was not successful and the "nd" root command did not work. This bug has been fixed and GRUB works correctly in this situation.
BZ#814014
Previously, the GRUB utility did not scan for KVM virtio disks when creating a device map. Consequently, these disks were not added to this map. This bug has been fixed and GRUB now scans for vd* devices located in the /dev/ directory, so virtio disks are added to a device map as expected.
BZ#825054
The GRUB utility did not pass high order address bits for the Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) memory map and system table high order bits. As a consequence, the EFI system map and memory map did not work correctly on computers with RAM bigger then 4 GB. This bug has been fixed by passing high order address bits, so that grub works properly in the described scenario.
BZ#870420
When symbolic links in the /dev/mapper/ directory were resolved to the original file, this file did not match proper file entry in the device.map file. Consequently, the grub-install package failed and an error message was returned. With this update, symbolic links are now prevented to resolve in the /dev/mapper/ directory. As a result, grub-install proceeds as expected.
BZ#876519
Due to an error in the underlying source code, an incorrect attempt to dereference a NULL pointer could previously cause GRUB to terminate unexpectedly. This update corrects the underlying source code to prevent this error so that GRUB no longer crashes.

Enhancements

BZ#642396
This enhancement includes support for IPV6 UEFI 2.3.1 netboot, which was previously missing.
BZ#737732
With this update, the users can use EFI boot partition as a root partition, which can be specified in the grub.conf file. As a consequence, the users do not have to specify particular drive, but can use the one specified in the EFI boot manager.
All users of GRUB are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.76. gstreamer-plugins-base

Updated gstreamer-plugins-base packages thatadd one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The gstreamer-plugins-base packages provide a collection of base plug-ins for the GStreamer streaming media framework.
Enhancement
BZ#755777
This update adds color-matrix support for color conversions to the ffmpegcolorspace plugin.
All users of gstreamer-plugins-base are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which add this enhancement.

7.77. gtk2

Updated gtk2 packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
GIMP Toolkit (GTK+) is a multi-platform toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.

Bug Fixes

BZ#882346
Due to a recent change in the behavior of one of the X.Org Server components, GTK+ applications could not use certain key combinations for key bindings. This update makes GTK+ compatible with the new behavior, which ensures that no regressions occur in applications that use the library.
BZ#889172
Previously, when switching between the "Recently Used" and "Search" tabs in the “Open Files” dialog box, the "Size" column in the view disappeared. This update ensures the column is visible when the relevant option is selected.
Users of GTK+ are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.78. gvfs

Updated gvfs packages that fix multiple bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
GVFS is the GNOME desktop's virtual file system layer, which allows users to easily access local and remote data, including via the FTP, SFTP, WebDAV, CIFS and SMB protocols, among others. GVFS integrates with the GIO (GNOME I/O) abstraction layer.
Bug Fixes
BZ#599055
Previously, rules for ignoring mounts were too restrictive. If the user clicked on an encrypted volume in the Nautilus' sidebar, an error message was displayed and the volume could not be accessed. The underlying source code now contains additional checks so that encrypted volumes have proper mounts associated (if available), and the file system can be browsed as expected.
BZ#669526
Due to a bug in the kernel, a freshly formatted Blu-ray Disk Rewritable (BD-RE) medium contains a single track with invalid data that covers the whole medium. This empty track was previously incorrectly detected, causing the drive to be unusable for certain applications, such as Brasero. This update adds a workaround to detect the empty track, so that freshly formatted BD-RE media are properly recognized as blank.
BZ#682799, BZ#746977, BZ#746978, BZ#749369, BZ#749371, BZ#749372
The code of the gvfs-info, gvfs-open, gvfs-cat, gvfs-ls and gvfs-mount utilities contained hard-coded exit codes. This caused the utilities to always return zero on exit. The exit codes have been revised so that the mentioned gvfs utilities now return proper exit codes.
BZ#746905
When running gvfs-set-attribute with an invalid command-line argument specified, the utility terminated unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. The underlying source code has been modified so that the utility now prints a proper error message when an invalid argument is specified.
BZ#809708
Due to missing object cleanup calls, the gvfsd daemon could use excessive amount of memory, which caused the system to become unresponsive. Proper object cleanup calls have been added with this update, which ensures that the memory consumption is constant and the system does not hang in this scenario.
All users of gvfs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.79. hivex

Updated hivex packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Hivex is a library for extracting the contents of Windows Registry "hive" files, which is designed to be secure against corrupted or malicious registry files. Hive files are undocumented binary files.

Bug Fixes

BZ#822741
Previously, the description of the package contained inappropriate text. This update provides a correction of the language used and now, the spec file contains only neutral expressions.
BZ#841924
Certain hive files that had a very large number of child nodes under a single parent node could not be parsed. A patch has been added to allow read-only access to these child nodes.
Users of hivex are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.80. hplip

Updated hplip packages that fix several security issues, multiple bugs, and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The hplip packages contain the Hewlett-Packard Linux Imaging and Printing Project (HPLIP), which provides drivers for Hewlett-Packard printers and multi-function peripherals.

Security Fix

CVE-2013-0200, CVE-2011-2722
Several temporary file handling flaws were found in HPLIP. A local attacker could use these flaws to perform a symbolic link attack, overwriting arbitrary files accessible to a process using HPLIP.
The CVE-2013-0200 issues were discovered by Tim Waugh of Red Hat.

Note

The hplip packages have been upgraded to upstream version 3.12.4, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#731900)

Bug Fixes

BZ#829453
Previously, the hpijs package required the obsolete cupsddk-drivers package, which was provided by the cups package. Under certain circumstances, this dependency caused hpijs installation to fail. This bug has been fixed and hpijs no longer requires cupsddk-drivers.
BZ#683007
The configuration of the Scanner Access Now Easy (SANE) back end is located in the /etc/sane.d/dll.d/ directory, however, the hp-check utility checked only the /etc/sane.d/dll.conf file. Consequently, hp-check checked for correct installation, but incorrectly reported a problem with the way the SANE back end was installed. With this update, hp-check properly checks for installation problems in both locations as expected.
All users of hplip are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these issues and add these enhancements.
Updated hplip packages that fix one security issue are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having important security impact. A Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available from the CVE link associated with the description below.
The hplip packages contain the Hewlett-Packard Linux Imaging and Printing Project (HPLIP), which provides drivers for Hewlett-Packard printers and multi-function peripherals.

Security Fix

CVE-2013-4325
HPLIP communicated with PolicyKit for authorization via a D-Bus API that is vulnerable to a race condition. This could lead to intended PolicyKit authorizations being bypassed. This update modifies HPLIP to communicate with PolicyKit via a different API that is not vulnerable to the race condition.
All users of hplip are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain a backported patch to correct this issue.

7.81. hsqldb

Updated hsqldb packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The hsqldb packages provide a relational database management system written in Java. The Hyper Structured Query Language Database (HSQLDB) contains a JDBC driver to support a subset of ANSI-92 SQL.

Bug Fix

BZ#827343
Prior to this update, the hsqldb database did not depend on java packages of version 1:1.6.0 or later. As a consequence, the build-classpath command failed on systems without the java-1.6.0-openjdk package installed and the hsqldb packages could be installed incorrectly. This update adds a requirement for java-1.6.0-openjdk. Now, the installation of hsqldb proceeds correctly as expected.
All users of hsqldb are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.82. httpd

Updated httpd packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base scores, which give detailed severity ratings, are available for each vulnerability from the CVE links associated with each description below.
The httpd packages contain the Apache HTTP Server (httpd), which is the namesake project of The Apache Software Foundation.

Security Fixes

CVE-2008-0455, CVE-2012-2687
An input sanitization flaw was found in the mod_negotiation Apache HTTP Server module. A remote attacker able to upload or create files with arbitrary names in a directory that has the MultiViews options enabled, could use this flaw to conduct cross-site scripting attacks against users visiting the site.
CVE-2012-4557
It was discovered that mod_proxy_ajp, when used in configurations with mod_proxy in load balancer mode, would mark a back-end server as failed when request processing timed out, even when a previous AJP (Apache JServ Protocol) CPing request was responded to by the back-end. A remote attacker able to make a back-end use an excessive amount of time to process a request could cause mod_proxy to not send requests to back-end AJP servers for the retry timeout period or until all back-end servers were marked as failed.

Bug Fixes

BZ#787247
When the Apache module mod_proxy was configured, and a particular back-end URL was reverse proxied into the server two or more times, a spurious warning in the following format was given:
[warn] worker [URL] already used by another worker
The level of this message has been changed from WARNING to INFO as it is not incorrect to proxy more than one URL to the same back-end server.
BZ#822587
The mod_cache module did not handle 206 partial HTTP responses correctly. This resulted in incorrect responses being returned to clients if a cache was configured. With this update, mod_cache no longer caches 206 responses, thus ensuring correct responses are returned.
BZ#829689
If LDAP authentication was used with a Novell eDirectory LDAP server, mod_ldap could return 500 Internal Server Error response if the LDAP server was temporarily unavailable. This update fixes mod_ldap to retry LDAP requests if the server is unavailable, and the 500 errors will not be returned in this case.
BZ#837086
Previously, mod_proxy_connect performed unnecessary DNS queries when ProxyRemote was configured. Consequently, in configurations with ProxyRemote, mod_proxy_connect could either fail to connect, or be slow to connect to the remote server. This update changes mod_proxy to omit DNS queries if ProxyRemote is configured. As a result, the proxy no longer fails in such configurations.
BZ#837613
When an SSL request failed and the -v 2 option was used, the ApacheBench (ab) benchmarking tool tried to free a certificate twice. Consequently, ab terminated unexpectedly due to a double free() error. The ab tool has been fixed to free certificates only once. As a result, the ab tool no longer crashes in the scenario described.
BZ#848954
Previously, mod_ssl presumed the private key was set after the certificate in SSLProxyMachineCertificateFile. Consequently, httpd terminated unexpectedly if the private key had been set before the certificate in SSLProxyMachineCertificateFile. This update improves mod_ssl to check if the private key is set before the certificate. As a result, mod_ssl no longer crashes in this situation and prints an error message instead.
BZ#853160
Prior to this update, mod_proxy_ajp did not correctly handle a flush message from a Java application server if received before the HTTP response headers had been sent. Consequently, users could receive a truncated response page without the correct HTTP headers. This update fixes mod_proxy_ajp to ignore flush messages before the HTTP response headers have been sent. As a result, truncated responses are no longer sent in scenario described.
BZ#853348
In a proxy configuration, certain response-line strings were not handled correctly. If a response-line without a description string was received from the origin server, for a non-standard status code, such as the 450 status code, a 500 Internal Server Error would be returned to the client. This bug has been fixed so that the original response line is returned to the client.
BZ#867268
Previously, the value of ${cookie}C in the LogFormat directive's definition matched substrings of cookie. Consequently, a bad cookie could be printed if its name contained a substring of the name defined in LogFormat using the ${cookie}C string. With this update, the code is improved so that cookie names are now matched exactly. As a result, a proper cookie is returned even when there are other cookies with its substring in their name.
BZ#867745
Previously, no check was made to see if the /etc/pki/tls/private/localhost.key file was a valid key prior to running the %post script for the mod_ssl package. Consequently, when /etc/pki/tls/certs/localhost.crt did not exist and localhost.key was present but invalid, upgrading the Apache HTTP Server daemon (httpd) with mod_ssl failed. The %post script has been fixed to test for an existing SSL key. As a result, upgrading httpd with mod_ssl now proceeds as expected.
BZ#868253
Previously, in a reverse proxy configuration, mod_cache did not correctly handle a 304 Not Modified response from the origin server when refreshing a cache entry. Consequently, in some cases an empty page was returned to a client requesting an entity which already existed in the cache. This update fixes handling of 304 Not Modified responses in mod_cache and as a result no empty pages will be displayed in the scenario described.
BZ#868283
Due to a regression, when mod_cache received a non-cacheable 304 response, the headers were served incorrectly. Consequently, compressed data could be returned to the client without the cached headers to indicate the data was compressed. An upstream patch has been applied to merge response and cached headers before data from the cache is served to the client. As a result, cached data is now correctly interpreted by the client.

Enhancements

BZ#748400
The Apache module mod_proxy now allows changing the BalancerMember state in the web interface.
BZ#757735
The rotatelogs program now provides a new rotatelogs -p option to execute a custom program after each log rotation.
BZ#757739
The rotatelogs program now provides a new rotatelogs -c option to create log files for each set interval, even if empty.
BZ#796958
The LDAPReferrals configuration directive has been added, as an alias for the existing LDAPChaseReferrals directive.
BZ#805720
The mod_proxy and mod_ssl modules have been updated to support the concurrent use of the mod_nss (NSS) and mod_ssl (OpenSSL) modules.
BZ#805810
An init script for the htcacheclean daemon has been added.
BZ#824571
The failonstatus parameter has been added for balancer configuration in mod_proxy.
BZ#828896
Previously, mod_authnz_ldap had the ability to set environment variables from received LDAP attributes, but only by LDAP authentication, not by LDAP authorization. Consequently, if the mod_authnz_ldap module was used to enable LDAP for authorization but not authentication, the AUTHORIZE_ environment variables were not populated. This update applies a patch to implement setting of AUTHORIZE_ environment variables using LDAP authorization. As a result, other methods of authentication can be used while using LDAP authorization for setting environment variables for all configured LDAP attributes.
BZ#833064
The %posttrans scriptlet which automatically restarts the httpd service after a package upgrade can now be disabled. If the file /etc/sysconfig/httpd-disable-posttrans exists, the scriptlet will not restart the daemon.
BZ#833092
The output of httpd -S now includes configured alias names for each virtual host.
BZ#838493
The rotatelogs program has been updated to support the -L option to create a hard link from the current log to a specified path.
BZ#842375
New certificate variable names are now exposed by mod_ssl using the _DN_userID suffix, such as SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_userID, which uses the commonly used object identifier (OID) definition of userID, OID 0.9.2342.19200300.100.1.1.
BZ#842376
Chunked Transfer Coding is described in RFC 2616. Previously, the Apache server did not correctly handle a chunked encoded POST request with a chunk-size or chunk-extension value of 32 bytes or more. Consequently, when such a POST request was made the server did not respond. An upstream patch has been applied and the problem no longer occurs.
Users of httpd are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.83. hwdata

An updated hwdata package that adds various enhancements is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The hwdata package contains tools for accessing and displaying hardware identification and configuration data.

Enhancements

BZ#839221
The PCI ID numbers have been updated for the Beta and the Final compose lists.
BZ#739816
Support for NVidia graphic card N14E-Q5, 0x11BC has been added.
BZ#739819
Support for NVidia graphic card N14E-Q3, 0x11BD has been added.
BZ#739821
Support for NVidia graphic card N14E-Q1, 0x11BE has been added.
BZ#739824
Support for NVidia graphic card N14P-Q3, 0x0FFB has been added.
BZ#739825
Support for NVidia graphic card N14P-Q1, 0x0FFC has been added.
BZ#760031
Support for Broadcom BCM943228HM4L 802.11a/b/g/n 2x2 Wi-Fi Adapter has been added.
BZ#830253
Support for Boot from Dell PowerEdge Express Flash PCIe SSD devices has been added.
BZ#841423
Support for the Intel C228 chipset and a future Intel processor based on Socket H3 has been added.
BZ#814114
This update also adds the current hardware USB IDs file from the upstream repository. This file provides support for Broadcom 20702 Bluetooth 4.0 Adapter Softsailing.
All users of hwdata are advised to upgrade to this updated package, which adds these enhancements.

7.84. hwloc

Updated hwloc packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The hwloc package provides Portable Hardware Locality, which is a portable abstraction of the hierarchical topology of current architectures.

Note

The hwloc packages have been upgraded to upstream version 1.5, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#797576)
Users of hwloc are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.85. icedtea-web

Updated icedtea-web packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The IcedTea-Web project provides a Java web browser plug-in and an implementation of Java Web Start, which is based on the Netx project. It also contains a configuration tool for managing deployment settings for the plug-in and Web Start implementations.

Bug Fix

BZ#838084
Previously, the IcedTea-Web plug-in was built against JDK 6, but in runtime it was possible to use it with JDK 7. Consequently, IcedTea-Web sometimes failed to run. With this update, the icedtea-web package is built against JDK 7 and IcedTea-Web is using JDK 7 in runtime, thus preventing this bug. Note that the end of public updates for JDK 6 is scheduled to go into effect in upcoming weeks.
Users of icedtea-web are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.
Updated icedtea-web packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The IcedTea-Web project provides a Java web browser plug-in and an implementation of Java Web Start, which is based on the Netx project. It also contains a configuration tool for managing deployment settings for the plug-in and Web Start implementations.

Bug Fix

BZ#975426
A java-1.7.0-openjdk package change released via RHSA-2013:0957 caused the icedtea-web browser plug-in and the javaws application to exit with a NullPointerException. This update fixes icedtea-web to work correctly with the updated java-1.7.0-openjdk packages.
Users of icedtea-web are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.86. infinipath-psm

Updated infinipath-psm packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The PSM Messaging API, or PSM API, is Intel's (formerly QLogic's) low-level, user-level communication interface for the Truescale family of products. PSM users can use mechanisms necessary to implement higher-level communication interfaces in parallel environments.

Bug Fix

BZ#907361
Due to a packaging error, not all object files required for the infinipath-psm library were built into the library, rendering it non-functional. This update fixes the infinipath-psm Makefile, which now properly includes all required object files, and the library works as expected.
All users of infinipath-psm are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.87. initscripts

Updated iniscripts package that fixes several bugs and adds two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The initscripts package contains basic system scripts to boot the system, change runlevels, activate and deactivate most network interfaces, and shut the system down cleanly.

Bug Fixes

BZ#893395
Previously, an ip link command was called before the master device was properly set. Consequently, the slaves could be in the unknown state. This has been fixed by calling ip link for master after the device is installed properly, and all slaves are up. As a result, all slaves are in the expected state and connected to the master device.
BZ#714230
Previously, the naming policy for VLAN names was too strict. Consequently, the ifdown utility failed to work with descriptively-named interfaces. To fix this bug, the name format check has been removed and ifdown now works as expected.
BZ#879243
Prior to this update, there was a typographic error in the /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifup-aliases file, which caused the duplicate check to fail. The typo has been corrected and the check works again.
BZ#885235
The BONDING_OPTS variable was applied by the ifup utility on a slave interface, even if the master was already on and had active slaves. This caused an error message to be returned by ifup. To address this bug, it is now checked whether the master does not have any active slaves before applying BONDING_OPTS, and no error messages are returned.
BZ#880684
Prior to this update, the arping utility, which checks for IP address duplicates in the network, failed when the parent device was not up. Consequently, the failure was handled the same way as finding of a second IP address in the network. To fix this bug, ifup-aliases files have been set to be checked whether the master device is up before the duplicity check is run. As a result, no error messages are returned when the parent device is down in the described scenario.
BZ#723936
The rename_device.c file did not correspond with VLAN interfaces, and thus could lead to improperly named physical interfaces. A patch has been provided to address this bug and interfaces are now named predictably and properly.
BZ#856209
When calling the vgchange -a y command instead of vgchange -a ay on the netfs interface by the rc.sysinit daemon, all volumes were activated. This update provides a patch to fix this bug. Now, only the volumes declared to be activated are actually activated. If the list is not declared, all volumes are activated by default.
BZ#820430
Previously, when a slave was attached to a master interface, which did not have a correct mode set, the interface did not work properly and could eventually cause a kernel oops. To fix this bug, the BONDING_OPTS variables are set before the master interface is brought up, which is the correct order of setting.
BZ#862788
If there was a process blocking a file system from unmounting, the /etc/init.d/halt script tried to kill all processes currently using the file system, including the script itself. Consequently, the system became unresponsive during reboot. With this update, shutdown script PIDs are excluded from the kill command, which enables the system to reboot normally.
BZ#874030
When the ifup utility was used to set up a master interface, the BONDING_OPTS variables were not applied. Consequently, bonding mode configuration done through the ifcfg utility had no effect. A patch has been provided to fix this bug. BONDING_OPTS are now applied and bonding mode works in the described scenario.
BZ#824175
If a network bond device had a name that was a substring of another bond device, both devices changed their states due to an incorrect test of the bond device name. A patch has been provided in the regular expression test and bond devices change their states as expected.
BZ#755699
The udev daemon is an event-driven hot-plug agent. Previously, an udev event for serial console availability was emitted only on boot. If runlevels were changed, the process was not restarted, because the event had already been processed. Consequently, the serial console was not restarted when entering and then exiting runlevel 1. With this update, the fedora.serial-console-available event is emitted on the post-stop of the serial console, and the console is now restarted as expected.
BZ#852005
Prior to this update, no check if an address had already been used was performed for alias interfaces. Consequently, an already used IP address could be assigned to an alias interface. To fix this bug, the IP address is checked whether it is already used. If it is, an error message is returned and the IP address is not assigned.
BZ#852176
Previously, the init utility tried to add a bond device even if it already existed. Consequently, a warning message was returned. A patch that checks whether a bond device already exists has been provided and warning messages are no longer returned.
BZ#846140
Prior to this update, the crypttab(5) manual page did not describe handling white spaces in passwords. Now, the manual page has been updated and contains information concerning a password with white spaces.
BZ#870025
Previous crypttab (5) manual page contained a typografic error (crypptab insted of crypttab), which has now been corrected.
BZ#795778
Previously, usage description was missing in the /init/tty.conf and /init/serial.conf files and this information was not returned in error messages. With this update, the information has been added to the aforementioned files and is now returned via an error message.
BZ#669700
Prior to this update, the /dev/shm file system was mounted by the dracut utility without attributes from the /etc/fstab file. To fix this bug, /dev/shm is now remounted by the rc.sysinit script. As a result, /dev/shm now contains the attributes from /etc/fstab.
BZ#713757
Previous version of the sysconfig.txt file instructed users to put the VLAN=yes option in the global configuration file. Consequently, interfaces with names containing a dot were recognized as VLAN interfaces. The sysconfig.txtfile has been changed so that the VLAN describing line instructs users to include the VLAN option in the interface configuration file, and the aforementioned devices are no longer recognized as VLAN interfaces.
BZ#869075
The sysconfig.txt file advised users to use the saslauthd -a command instead of saslauthd -v, which caused the command to fail with an error message. In sysconfig.txt, the error in the command has been corrected and the saslauthd utility now returns expected results.
BZ#714250
When the ifup utility initiated VLAN interfaces, the sysctl values were not used. With this update, ifup rereads the sysctl values in the described scenario and VLAN interfaces are configured as expected.

Enhancements

BZ#851370
The brctl daemon is used to connect two Ethernet segments in a protocol-independent way, based on an Ethernet address, rather than an IP address. In order to provide a simple and centralized bridge configuration, bridge options can now be used via BRIDGING_OPTS. As a result, a space-separated list of bridging options for either a bridge device or a port device can be added when the ifup utility is used.
BZ#554392
The updated halt.local file has been enhanced with new variables to reflect the character of call. This change leaves users with better knowledge of how halt.local was called during a halt sequence.
BZ#815431
With this update, it is possible to disable duplicate address detection in order to allow administrators to use direct routing without ARP checks.
Users of initscripts are advised to upgrade to this updated package, which fixes these bugs and adds these enhancements.

7.88. iok

Updated iok packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The iok package contains an Indic on-screen virtual keyboard that supports the Assamese, Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi, Kannada, Marathi, Malayalam, Punjabi, Oriya, Sindhi, Tamil and Telugu languages. Currently, iok works with Inscript and xkb keymaps for Indian languages, and is able to parse and display non-Inscript keymaps as well.
Bug Fixes
BZ#814541, BZ#814548
Previously, when saving a keymap with a specified name, predefined naming convention was followed and the file name was saved with the "-" prefix without noticing the user. With this update, if the user attempts to save a keymap, a dialog box displaying the required file name format appears.
BZ#819795
This update provides the complete iok translation for all supported locales.
All users of iok are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.89. ipa

Updated ipa packages that fix one security issue, several bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having low security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base scores, which give detailed severity ratings, are available for each vulnerability from the CVE links associated with each description below.
Red Hat Identity Management is a centralized authentication, identity management and authorization solution for both traditional and cloud-based enterprise environments. It integrates components of the Red Hat Directory Server, MIT Kerberos, Red Hat Certificate System, NTP, and DNS. It provides web browser and command-line interfaces. Its administration tools allow an administrator to quickly install, set up, and administer a group of domain controllers to meet the authentication and identity management requirements of large-scale Linux and UNIX deployments.

Note

The ipa packages have been upgraded to upstream version 3.0.0, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. (BZ#827602)

Security Fix

CVE-2012-4546
It was found that the current default configuration of IPA servers did not publish correct CRLs (Certificate Revocation Lists). The default configuration specifies that every replica is to generate its own CRL, however this can result in inconsistencies in the CRL contents provided to clients from different Identity Management replicas. More specifically, if a certificate is revoked on one Identity Management replica, it will not show up on another Identity Management replica.

Bug Fixes

BZ#784378
When a master was removed from a replicated environment via the "ipa-replica-manage del" command, the metadata for that master was still contained in the other servers, thus the Directory Server replication plug-in produced warnings about the outdated metadata. Now, the Directory Server CLEANALLRUV task is triggered to handle outdated metadata in the whole replicated Directory Server environment and deleting an Identity Management replica no longer causes problems.
BZ#790515
When the "ipactl" command was used to start Identity Management, it waited only 6 seconds for the Directory Server to start and when the Directory Server did not start in time, the start procedure was aborted. A higher default start up wait value was added. A configurable value, "startup_timeout", can be added to /etc/ipa/default.conf or /etc/ipa/server.conf files when the default value of 120 seconds is not sufficient to start the Directory Server.
BZ#809565
Previously, DNS records could not be renamed and administrators had to re-enter all DNS records under certain names when the name changed. Now, rename operations for DNS records names and the rename option in the Identity Management CLI interface are able to rename a DNS name and all of its records to other names within the same zone.
BZ#811295
Before, when installing Identity Management, there was an option to choose a certificate subject base with a Common Name (CN) as one component. However, it is illegal to have more than one CN attribute in a certificate subject. This caused the Identity Management installation to fail. Now, the CN attribute in a subject base option is no longer allowed, administrators are warned when they choose an incorrect certificate subject base and Identity Management installs properly.
BZ#815837
The Identity Management Certificate Authority component did not accept Directory Manager passwords which were set to a non-ASCII control character, "&" or "\". Use of these characters in passwords caused a malformed XML error and the Identity Management installation failed when such characters were a part of the Directory Manager password. Currently, these characters are not allowed in the Identity Management installer and IdM installs successfully.
BZ#816317
The Identity Management server or client used programs from the policycoreutils package when SELinux was enabled. However, the installers did not check if the package was actually installed. This caused the Identity Management installation to terminate with a python backtrace when SELinux was enabled and the policycoreutils package was not installed on a system. Currently, the Identity Management installers no longer fail when SELinux is enabled and the policycoreutils package is missing, but, instead, ask the administrator to install it first.
BZ#817865
The "ipa" command or Identity Management installers forced a set of address families (IPv4, IPv6) when a network connection was established, instead of letting the system choose the right address family for the new connection. In some cases this caused the connection, command or installer to fail, or the connection to take longer than normal. Automatic address family detection has been implemented and is now respected, with the result that network connections established with an "ipa" command are faster and less vulnerable to errors caused by non-common network settings.
BZ#819629
Identity Management DNS modules used a "pull" model for updating DNS records provisioned to the BIND name server by a bind-dyndb-ldap plug-in. When a DNS zone LDAP entry or DNS records present in bind-dyndb-ldap cache were changed via Identity Management CLI or Web UI, the update was not provisioned to the BIND nameserver until a zone was checked with a periodic poll or the DNS record in the cache expired. Now, persistent search is enabled by default for new Identity Management installations and for running Identity Management server instances. A change to the DNS zone LDAP entry or to the DNS record that is already cached by bind-dydnb-ldap is instantly provisioned to the BIND name server and thus resolvable.
BZ#820003
The default value of the Directory Server in-memory entry cache was configured to a lower value than the size of an administrator's deployment, which caused the Directory Server to underperform. Now, the Identity Management package requires an updated version of the Directory Server, which warns administrators when the in-memory cache is too small and allows administrators to adjust the value appropriate to ratio of deployment.
BZ#822608
When users were migrated from the remote Directory Server, entries in the Identity Management Directory Server did not have complete Kerberos data needed for Kerberos authentication, even though the users passed the Identity Management password migration page. The migrated Identity Management user was not able to authenticate via Identity Management until the password was manually reset. Currently, the Kerberos authentication data generates properly during the migration process and users can successfully access Identity Management.
BZ#824488
The Identity Management Kerberos data back end did not support an option to control automatic user log-on attributes, which were updated with every authentication. Administrators with large deployments and high numbers of authentication events in their Identity Management realm could not disable these automatic updates to avoid numerous Directory Server modification and replication events. Now, users can utilize options in Identity Management to customize automatic Kerberos authentication attribute updates.
BZ#824490
Previously, Identity Management enforced lowercase letters for all user IDs which caused some operations, such as password changes, to fail when the user ID was uppercase. Also, the WinSync agreement with Active Directory replicated such user information into the Identity Management database. Currently, the Identity Management WinSync plug-in can convert user names and Kerberos principal user parts to lowercase, and passwords replicated from Active Directory via the Winsync agreement can now be changed.
BZ#826677
When Identity Management replicas were deleted using the "ipa-replica-manage" command, the script did not verify if the deletion would orphan other Identity Management replicas. Users unaware of the Identity Management replication graph structure might accidentally delete a replica forcing them to reinstall the orphaned replicas. Now, the "ipa-replica-manage" command will not allow users to delete a remote replica if such operation would orphan a replica with a replication agreement.
BZ#832243
Identity Management Web UI was not fully compatible with the Microsoft Internet Explorer browser, which caused glitches when working with the Identity Management administration interface. Identity Management Web UI is now compatible with Microsoft Internet Explorer versions 9 or later and glitches no longer occur when working with the Web UI.
BZ#837356
Several attributes in the Identity Manager Directory Server that are used to store links to other objects in the directory were not added to the Directory Server Referential Integrity plug-in configuration. When a referred object was deleted or renamed it caused some links to break in the affected attribute and made them point to an invalid object. This update adds all attributes storing links to other objects to the Referential Integrity plug-in configuration, which are updated when the referred object is deleted or renamed.
BZ#839008
The Identity Management Web UI Administrator interface was not enabled for users who were indirect members of administrative roles. These users were not able to perform administrative tasks in the Web UI. Presently, indirect members of administrative roles can use the Web UI Administrator interface and are able to perform administrative tasks within the Identity Management Web UI.
BZ#840657
Normally, Identity Management SSH capabilities allow storage of public user or host SSH keys, but the keys did not accept the OpenSSH-style public key format. This caused Identity Management to estimate public key type based on the public key blob, which could have caused an issue in the future with new public key types. Now, Identity Management stores SSH public keys in extended OpenSSH format and SSH public keys now contain all required parts, making the functionality acceptable in more deployments.
BZ#855278
Previously, Identity Management Web UI used a jQuery library to raise errors when processing Directory Server records with some strings, for example, sudo commands with the "??" string in the name, which, in turn, caused the Web UI to be unable to show, modify or add such records. With this jQuery library update, Identity Management Web UI no longer reports errors for these strings and processes them normally.
BZ#859968
Firefox 15 and newer versions did not allow signed JavaScript JAR files to gain privilege escalation to change browser configuration. The Identity Management browser auto configuration configured the browser to access Web UI through Kerberos authentication, which affects these versions of Firefox. Now Identity Management is deployed with its own Firefox extension and is able to auto configure and authenticate using Kerberos.
BZ#868956
The Identity Management "dnszone-add" command accepts the "--name-server" option specifying a host name of the primary name server resolving the zone. The option considered all host names as fully qualified domain names (FQDN) even though they were not FQDN, for example, name server "ns.example.com." for zone example.com and were relative to the zone name, such as, name server "ns" for zone "example.com." Users were not able to specify the name server in the relative name format when using the Identity Management "dnszone-add" command. Presently, Identity Management detects the name server format correctly and the "dnszone-add" command can process both relative and fully qualified domain names.
BZ#877324
After upgrading to Red Hat Identity Management 2.2, it was not possible to add SSH public keys in the Web UI. However, SSH public keys could be added on the command line by running the "ipa user-mod user --sshpubkey" command. This update allows SSH public keys to be added in the Web UI normally.
BZ#883484
Previously, the IPA automatic certificate renewal, in some cases, did not function properly and some certificates were not renewed while other certificates with the same "Not After" values were renewed. Certmonger is now updated, users can serialize access to the NSS databases to prevent corruption and do not have to renew and restart all the services at the same time.
BZ#888956
A 389-ds-base variable set during the PKI install "nsslapd-maxbersize" was not dynamically initialized and a restart was required for it to take effect. This caused installation to fail during the replication phase when building a replica from a PKI-CA master with a large CRL. This update includes an LDIF file (/usr/share/pki/ca/conf/database.ldif) to set the default maxbersize to a larger value and allows PKI-CA Replica Installs when CRL exceeds the default maxber value.
BZ#891980
Previously, on new IPA server installations, the root CA certificate lifetime was only valid for 8 years and users had to renew the certificate after it expired, which caused some inconvenience. This issue was fixed in Dogtag and this update increases the FreeIPA root CA validity to 20 years.
BZ#894131
The "ipa-replica-install" command sometimes failed to add the idnsSOAserial attribute for a new zone and in some cases, zones were added, but with missing data and did not replicate back to the master. With this update, the idnsSOAserial attribute sets properly and synchronizes across all servers and zones are added correctly.
BZ#894143
The "ipa-replica-prepare" command failed when a reverse zone did not have SOA serial data and reported a traceback error, which was difficult to read, when the problem occurred. Now, the "ipa-replica-prepare" command functions properly and if SOA serial data is missing, returns a more concise error message.
BZ#895298
When either dirsrv or krb5kdc were down, the "service named restart" command in the ipa-upgradeconfig failed during the upgrade of the ipa packages. With this update, the "service named restart" command functions normally and installation no longer fails during upgrades.
BZ#895561
Previously, the IPA install on a server with no IPv4 address failed with a "Can't contact LDAP server" error. With this update, both the server and replica install correctly and error messages no longer occur.
BZ#903758
Users who upgraded from IPA version 2.2 to version 3.0 encountered certmonger errors and the update failed with the error message, "certmonger failed to start tracking certificate." With this update, IPA 2.2 properly upgrades to version 3.0 without any errors.
BZ#905594
Before, users were unable to install the ipa-server-trust-ad package on a 32-bit platform and when doing so received the error message "Unable to read consumer identity." This update provides fixes in the spec file, and the package now installs properly on 32-bit platforms.

Enhancements

BZ#766007
This update introduces SELinux User Mapping rules which can be used in Identity Management in conjunction with HBAC rules to define the users, groups and hosts to which the rules apply.
BZ#766068
Support for SSH public key management added to the IPA server and OpenSSH on IPA clients is automatically configured to use the public keys stored on the IPA server. Now, when a host enrolled in Identity Management connects to another enrolled host, the SSH public key is verified in the central Identity Management storage.
BZ#766179
The Cross Realm Kerberos Trust functionality provided by Identity Management is included as a Technology Preview. This feature allows users to create a trust relationship between an Identity Management and an Active Directory domain. Users from the Active Directory domain can access resources and services from the Identity Management domain with their AD credentials and data does not need to be synchronized between the Identity Management and Active Directory domain controllers.
BZ#767379
An automated solution to configure automount on clients for automount maps configured in the central Identity Management server was added. After an Identity Management client has been configured, administrators may use the provided ipa-client-automount script to configure client hosts to use automount maps configured in the Identity Management server.
BZ#782981
Users using the Identity Management Web UI were previously forced to log in to client machines enrolled in Identity Management in order to update a password that had expired or been reset. With this update, users are able to more conveniently change an expired or reset password from the Web UI itself.
BZ#783166
This update allows the ipa-client-install interface to accept prioritization of IPA servers that clients connect to. Previously, administrators could not configure a prioritized IPA server that SSSD should connect to before connecting to other servers which were potentially returned in a SRV DNS query. Now, when a new option "--fixed-primary" is passed to the "ipa-client-install" command, the discovered or user-provided server is configured as the first value in the ipa_server directive in the "/etc/sssd/sssd.conf" file. Thus, SSSD will always try to connect to this host first.
BZ#783274
This enchancement allows MAC address attributes for host entries in Identity Management and publishes them in the Identity Management NIS server. Users can utilize the "--macaddress" option to configure MAC addresses for an Identity Management host entry and, when NIS is enabled, MAC address can be read by an ethers map.
BZ#786199
Each ipa command line request previously required full and time-consuming Kerberos authentication, particularly when a series of commands were scripted. This update enhances the command line to take advantage of server-side sessions using a secure cookie, which provides a significant performance improvement due to avoidance of full Kerberos authentication for each ipa command. The session cookie is stored in the session keyring; refer to the keyctl(1) man page for more information about the key management facility.
BZ#798363
This update introduces Web UI and CLI "Create Password Policy" entry labels and specifies measurement units, for example, "seconds" for all configured policy fields. Previously, missing measurement units in the Identity Management Web UI or CLI "Create Password Policy" might have confused some users. Now, all missing measurement units are specified in configured policy fields.
BZ#801931
This update allows administrators to delegate write privileges to a selected zone only, whereas, when administrators wanted to delegate privileges to update the DNS zone to other Identity Management users, they had to allow write access to the entire DNS tree. Now, administrators can use the "dnszone-add-permission" command to create a system permission allowing its assignee to read and write only a selected DNS zone managed by Identity Management.
BZ#804619
Prior to this update, administrators could not configure a slave DNS server because it could not function properly unless an SOA serial number was changed every time a DNS record was changed. With this update, SOA serial numbers are automatically increased when a record in a DNS zone managed by Identity Management is updated. This feature takes advantage of and requires the persistent search data refresh mechanism, which is enabled by default in the Identity Management server install script. Administrators can now configure a slave DNS server for zones managed by Identity Management.
BZ#805233
This update prevents deletion of the last administrator, because administrators could accidentally delete the last user from the Identity Management Administrators group, which could only be repaired with direct LDAP modification by the Directory Manager. Now, Identity Management does not allow administrators to delete or disable the last member in the administrator group and Identity Management always has at least one active administrator.
BZ#813402
This enhancement warns users in the Identity Management Web UI when their password is about to expire. When the Identity Management user password is about to expire in a configurable number of days, the user is notified in the Identity Management Web UI about this and is offered a link to reset the password.
BZ#821448
The Identity Management Firefox browser configuration script now checks if the browser is configured to send Referrer header in HTTP requests for Identity Management. Previously, Firefox browsers which did not have the "network.http.sendRefererHeader" configuration option set to "True" would fail to connect to the Identity Management Web UI, even though they ran the configuration script. Presently, the configuration option is set correctly and the Firefox browser can connect to the Web UI.
BZ#831010
This enhancement allows Identity Management client installer to accept a fixed set of Identity Management servers and circumvent automatic server discovery via DNS SRV records. Some network environments may contain SRV records which are not suitable for Identity Management client and should not be used by the client at all. The "--fixed-primary" option of ipa-client-install can now be used to configure SSSD to not use DNS SRV records to auto-discover Identity Management servers and the client install script now accepts a fixed list of Identity Management servers which is then passed to SSSD.
BZ#835643
This update introduces an auto-renew of Identity Management Subsystem Certificates. The default validity period for a new Certificate Authority is 10 years and the CA issues a number of certificates for its subsystems (OCSP, audit log, and others). Subsystem certificates are normally valid for two years and if the certificates expire, the CA does not start up or does not function properly. Therefore, in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4, Identity Management servers are capable of automatically renewing their subsystem certificates and the subsystem certificates are tracked by certmonger, which automatically attempts to renew the certificates before they expire.
Users of ipa are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which address this security issue, fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.90. iproute

Updated iproute packages that fix one bug and add one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The iproute packages contain networking utilities (ip and rtmon, for example) which are designed to use the advanced networking capabilities of the Linux kernel.

Bug Fix

BZ#811219
Invoking the socket stat utility, ss, with the "-ul" arguments did not list open UDP sockets. Consequently, users could not list open or listening UPD sockets. A patch has been applied to the ss utility to list UDP sockets and now the utility correctly reports all open UDP sockets.

Enhancement

BZ#821106
The iproute packages were distributed without the libnetlink library for accessing the netlink service. Consequently, it was not possible for users to utilize the libnetlink library features. The libnetlink library is now included in the newly introduced "iproute-devel" subpackage. As a result, users can now utilize libnetlink features.
All users of iproute are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug and add this enhancement.

7.91. iprutils

An updated iprutils package that fixes several bugs and adds various enhancements is now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The iprutils package provides utilities to manage and configure SCSI devices that are supported by the IBM Power RAID SCSI storage device driver.

Note

The iprutils package has been upgraded to upstream version 2.3.12, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version and adds support for the suspend/resume utility for IBM BlueHawk. (BZ#822648, BZ#860532, BZ#829761)

Bug Fixes

BZ#826907
Previously, showing disk details caused the iprconfig utility, which is used to configure Hardware RAID devices, to terminate unexpectedly. Now, disk details are shown properly and iprconfig no longer crashes.
BZ#830982
Previously, in some situations, iprconfig failed to change the IOA asymmetric access mode if the saved mode in the configuration file located in the "/etc/ipr/" directory was different than the current mode. With this update, iprconfig sets the mode correctly and a warning message is returned when this inconsistency is detected.
BZ#869751
Previously, iprutils showed the wrong disk platform location within the system location string when the "iprconfig -c show-details sgx" command was used. Now, the platform location for the hard disk is combined with the location of "secured easy setup" (SES) and the physical location slot number which prevents this error from occurring.
Users of iprutils are advised to upgrade to this updated package, which fixes these bugs.

7.92. iptables

Updated iptables packages that fix several bugs and add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The iptables utility controls the network packet filtering code in the Linux kernel.

Bug Fixes

BZ#800208
The sysctl values for certain netfilter kernel modules, such as nf_conntrack and xt_conntrack, were not restored after a firewall restart. Consequently, the firewall did not always perform as expected after a restart. This update allows iptables to load sysctl settings on start if specified by the user in the /etc/sysctl.conf file. Users can now define sysctl settings to load on start and restart.
BZ#809108
The iptables(8) and ip6tables(8) man pages were previously missing information about the AUDIT target module, which allows creating audit records of the packet flow. This update adds the missing description of the audit support to these man pages.
BZ#821441
The iptables and ip6tables commands did not correctly handle calculation of the maximum length of iptables chains. Consequently, when assigning a firewall rule to an iptables chain with a name longer than 28 characters, the iptables or ip6tables command terminated with a buffer overflow and the rule was not assigned. This update corrects the related code so that iptables and ip6tables now handle names of iptable chains correctly and a firewall rule is assigned in the described scenario as expected.
BZ#836286
The iptables init script calls the /sbin/restorecon binary when saving firewall rules so that the iptables packages depend on the policycoreutils packages. However, the iptables packages previously did not require the policycoreutils as a dependency. Consequently, the "/etc/init.d/iptables save" command failed if the policycoreutils packages were not installed on the system. This update modifies the iptables spec file to require the policycoreutils packages as its prerequisite and thus prevents this problem from occurring.

Enhancements

BZ#747068
The iptables packages has been modified to support the update-alternatives mechanism to allow easier delivery of new iptables versions for the MRG Realtime kernel.
BZ#808272
Fallback mode has been added for the iptables and ip6tables services. A fallback firewall configuration can be stored in the /etc/sysconfig/iptables.fallback and /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables.fallback files in the iptables-save file format. The firewall rules from the fallback file are used if the service fails to apply the firewall rules from the /etc/sysconfig/iptables file (or the /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables file in case of ip6tables).
All users of iptables are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.93. irqbalance

Updated irqbalance packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The irqbalance packages provide a daemon that evenly distributes interrupt request (IRQ) load across multiple CPUs for enhanced performance.

Note

The irqbalance packages have been upgraded to upstream version 1.0.4, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. Among other changes, the irqbalance daemon has been enhanced to support multiple MSI-X interrupts for PCI devices, which significantly boosts speed of devices producing high-rate interrupts, such as network cards. Also, the irqbalance logic has been modified to consider PCI bus topology when making IRQ mapping decisions. (BZ#789946)

Bug Fixes

BZ#813078
The irqbalance(1) man page did not contain documentation for the IRQBALANCE_BANNED_CPUS environment variable. This update adds the extensive documentation to this man page.
BZ#843379
The irqbalance daemon assigns each interrupt source in the system to a "class", which represents the type of the device (for example Networking, Storage or Media). Previously, irqbalance used the IRQ handler names from the /proc/interrupts file to decide the source class, which caused irqbalance to not recognize network interrupts correctly. As a consequence, systems that use NIC biosdevnames did not have their hardware interrupts distributed and pinned as expected. With this update, the device classification mechanism has been improved, which ensures a better interrupts distribution.
BZ#860627
Previously, the irqbalance init script started the irqbalance daemon with the "--foreground" option, which caused irqbalance to become unresponsive. With this update, the "--foreground" option has been removed from the init script and irqbalance now starts as expected.
All users of irqbalance are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.94. irssi

Updated irssi packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Irssi is a modular IRC client with Perl scripting. Only the text-mode front end is currently supported.
Bug Fix
BZ#639258
Prior to this update, when the user attempted to use the "/unload" command to unload a static module, Irssi incorrectly marked this module as unavailable, rendering the user unable to load this module again without restarting the client. This update adapts the underlying source code to ensure that only dynamic modules can be unloaded.
BZ#845047
The previous version of the irssi(1) manual page documented "--usage" as a valid command line option. This was incorrect, because Irssi no longer supports this option and an attempt to use it causes it to fail with an error. With this update, the manual page has been corrected and no longer documents unsupported command line options.
All users of irssi are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.95. iscsi-initiator-utils

Updated iscsi-initiator-utils packages that fix multiple bugs and add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The iscsi-initiator-utils packages provide the server daemon for the Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) protocol, as well as the utility programs used to manage it. iSCSI is a protocol for distributed disk access using SCSI commands sent over Internet Protocol (IP) networks.

Note

The iSCSI user-space driver, iscsiuio, has been upgraded to upstream version 0.7.6.1, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. In particular, VLAN and routing support. (BZ#826300)

Bug Fixes

BZ#826300
The iSCSI user-space driver, iscsiuio, has been upgraded to upstream version 0.7.6.1, which provides a number of bug fixes and enhancements over the previous version. In particular, VLAN and routing support.
BZ#811428
The "iscsiadm --version" command was missing the main version number, the leading "6.". This update corrects the version number value and "iscsiadm --version" now shows the main version number correctly.
BZ#854776
For some bnx2i cards, the network interface must be active for the iSCSI interface to report a valid MAC address. This sometimes lead to a failure to connect to an iSCSI target and consequently, iSCSI root setups failing to boot. This update changes iscsistart to put the network interface associated with the iSCSI context into an active state. As a result, iSCSI boot with bnx2i cards now works correctly.
BZ#868305
Due to a regression in the iscsiuio 0.7.4.3 update, iSCSI discovery and login failed on certain hardware. This has been corrected as part of the iscsiuio 0.7.6.1 update. As a result, iSCSI is functional again.
All users of iscsi-initiator-utils are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements.

7.96. jss

Updated jss packages that fix one bug and add one enhancement are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
Java Security Services (JSS) provides an interface between Java Virtual Machine and Network Security Services (NSS). It supports most of the security standards and encryption technologies supported by NSS including communication through SSL/TLS network protocols. JSS is primarily utilized by the Certificate Server.

Bug Fix

BZ#797352
Previously, some JSS calls to certain NSS functions were to be replaced with calls to the JCA interface. The original JSS calls were therefore deprecated and as such caused warnings to be reported during refactoring. However, the deprecated calls have not been fully replaced with their JCA-based implementation in JSS 4.2. With this update, the calls are now no longer deprecated and the warnings now longer occur.

Enhancement

BZ#804838
This update adds support for Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) key archival in JSS. It provides new methods, such as getCurve(), Java_org_mozilla_jss_asn1_ASN1Util_getTagDescriptionByOid() and getECCurveBytesByX509PublicKeyBytes().
All users of jss are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug and add this enhancement.

7.97. kabi-whitelists

Updated kabi-whitelists packages that add various enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The kabi-whitelists packages contain reference files documenting interfaces provided by the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 kernel that are considered to be stable by Red Hat engineering, and safe for long-term use by third-party loadable device drivers, as well as for other purposes.

Enhancements

BZ#826795
The "blk_queue_physical_block_size", "close_bdev_exclusive", "filemap_fdatawrite_range", "get_sb_nodev", "kill_anon_super", "open_bdev_exclusive", "jiffies_to_timespec", "kernel_getsockopt", "kernel_setsockopt", "radix_tree_delete", "pagevec_lookup", "recalc_sigpending", "path_put", and "simple_write_end" symbols have been added to the kernel application binary interface (ABI) whitelists.
BZ#831247
The "unlock_rename", "vfs_rename", "path_put", "default_llseek", "d_find_alias", "d_invalidate", "file_fsync", "strspn", "vfs_writev", "path_get", "nobh_truncate_page", "nobh_write_begin", "nobh_write_end", "nobh_writepage", "____pagevec_lru_add", "add_to_page_cache_locked", and "filemap_flush" symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists.
BZ#902825
The "__generic_file_aio_write", "blk_queue_resize_tags", and "blk_queue_segment_boundary" symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists.
BZ#849732
The following symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists: "__alloc_pages", "__bitmap_weight", "__down_failed", "__free_pages", "__init_rwsem", "__init_waitqueue_head", "__kmalloc", "__memcpy", "__put_cred", "__raw_local_save_flags", "__stack_chk_fail", "__tasklet_schedule", "__tracepoint_kmalloc", "__up_wakeup", "__vmalloc", "__wake_up", "_cond_resched", "_spin_lock", "_spin_lock_irqsave", "_spin_unlock_irqrestore", "add_disk", "alloc_disk", "alloc_pages_current", "allow_signal", "autoremove_wake_function", "bio_endio", "bio_init", "bio_put", "blk_alloc_queue", "blk_cleanup_queue", "blk_queue_hardsect_size", "blk_queue_logical_block_size", "blk_queue_make_request", "blkdev_put", "complete", "complete_and_exit", "cond_resched", "contig_page_data", "copy_from_user", "copy_to_user", "cpu_present_map", "cpu_present_mask", "create_proc_entry", "daemonize", "del_gendisk", "do_gettimeofday", "down", "down_read", "down_read_trylock", "down_write", "down_write_trylock", "dump_stack", "filp_close", "filp_open", "finish_wait", "get_user_pages", "init_waitqueue_head", "jiffies", "jiffies_to_msecs", "jiffies_to_timeval", "kernel_thread", "kfree", "kmem_cache_alloc", "kmem_cache_alloc_notrace", "kmem_cache_create", "kmem_cache_destroy", "kmem_cache_free", "malloc_sizes", "mcount", "mem_map", "mem_section", "memcpy", "memset", "mod_timer", "msecs_to_jiffies", "msleep", "msleep_interruptible", "open_by_devnum", "override_creds", "panic", "per_cpu__current_task", "per_cpu__kernel_stack", "prepare_creds", "prepare_to_wait", "printk", "proc_mkdir", "put_disk", "put_page", "pv_irq_ops", "register_blkdev", "remove_proc_entry", "revert_creds", "schedule", "schedule_timeout", "send_sig", "set_user_nice", "sigprocmask", "slab_buffer_size", "snprintf", "sprintf", "strchr", "strcpy", "strncmp", "strncpy", "strnicmp", "strspn", "strstr", "submit_bio", "tasklet_init", "unregister_blkdev", "up", "up_read", "up_write", "vfree", "vfs_writev", "vscnprintf", and "wait_for_completion".
BZ#864893
The following symbols have been added to the kernel ABI whitelists: "blkdev_get", "send_sig_info", "__task_pid_nr_ns", "register_shrinker", "set_page_dirty_lock", "current_umask", "balance_dirty_pages_ratelimited_nr", "dentry_open", "generic_file_llseek_unlocked", "posix_acl_alloc", "posix_acl_from_xattr", "posix_acl_to_xattr", "posix_acl_valid", "read_cache_pages", "cancel_dirty_page", "clear_page", "grab_cache_page_nowait", "inode_init_always", "memparse", "put_unused_fd", "radix_tree_tag_set", "congestion_wait", "shrink_dcache_sb", "fd_install", "blk_make_request", "lookup_bdev", "__register_binfmt", "unregister_binfmt", "vm_stat", "kill_pid", and "kobject_get".
BZ#869353
A kernel checker tool (KSC) has been added to the kabi-whitelists packages.
Users of kabi-whitelists are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which add these enhancements.

7.98. kdebase

Updated kdebase packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The K Desktop Environment (KDE) is a graphical desktop environment for the X Window System. The kdebase packages include core applications for KDE.

Bug Fixes

BZ#608007
Prior to this update, the Konsole context menu item "Show menu bar" was always checked in new windows even if this menu item was disabled before. This update modifies the underlying code to handle the menu item "Show menu bar" as expected.
BZ#729307
Prior to this update, users could not define a default size for xterm windows when using the Konsole terminal in KDE. This update modifies the underlying code and adds the functionality to define a default size.
All users of kdebase are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.99. kdebase-workspace

Updated kdebase-workspace packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The kdebase-workspace packages contain utilities for basic operations with the desktop environment. The utilities allow users for example, to change system settings, resize and rotate X screens or set panels and widgets on the workspace.
Bug Fix
BZ#749460
Prior to this update, the task manager did not honor the order of manually arranged items. As a consequence, manually arranged taskbar entries were randomly rearranged when the user switched desktops. This update modifies the underlying code to make manually arranged items more persistent.
All users of kdebase-workspace are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.100. kdelibs3

Updated kdelibs3 packages that fix two bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The kdelibs3 packages provide libraries for the K Desktop Environment (KDE).
Bug Fixes
BZ#681901
Prior to this update, the kdelibs3 libraries caused a conflict for the subversion version control tool. As a consequence, subvervision was not correctly built if the kdelibs3 libraries were installed. This update modifies the underlying code to avoid this conflict. Now, subversion builds as expected with kdelibs3.
BZ#734447
kdelibs3 provided its own set of trusted Certificate Authority (CA) certificates. This update makes kdelibs3 use the system set from the ca-certificates package, instead of its own copy.
All users of kdelibs3 are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.

7.101. kdelibs

Updated kdelibs packages that fix various bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The kdelibs packages provide libraries for the K Desktop Environment (KDE).
Bug Fixes
BZ#587016
Prior to this update, the KDE Print dialog did not remember previous settings, nor did it allow the user to save the settings. Consequent to this, when printing several documents, users were forced to manually change settings for each printed document. With this update, the KDE Print dialog retains previous settings as expected.
BZ#682611
When the system was configured to use the Traditional Chinese language (the zh_TW locale), Konqueror incorrectly used a Chinese (zh_CN) version of its splash page. This update ensures that Konqueror uses the correct locale.
BZ#734734
Previously, clicking the system tray to display hidden icons could cause the Plasma Workspaces to consume an excessive amount of CPU time. This update applies a patch that fixes this error.
BZ#754161
When using Konqueror to recursively copy files and directories, if one of the subdirectories was not accessible, no warning or error message was reported to the user. This update ensures that Konqueror displays a proper warning message in this scenario.
BZ#826114
Prior to this update, an attempt to add "Terminal Emulator" to the Main Toolbar caused Konqueror to terminate unexpectedly with a segmentation fault. With this update, the underlying source code has been corrected to prevent this error so that users can now use this functionality as expected.
All users of kdelibs are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs.
Updated kdelibs packages that fix two security issues are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 FasTrack.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having critical security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available for each vulnerability from the CVE link(s) associated with each description below.
The kdelibs packages provide libraries for the K Desktop Environment (KDE). Konqueror is a web browser.
CVE-2012-4512
A heap-based buffer overflow flaw was found in the way the CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) parser in kdelibs parsed the location of the source for font faces. A web page containing malicious content could cause an application using kdelibs (such as Konqueror) to crash or, potentially, execute arbitrary code with the privileges of the user running the application.
CVE-2012-4513
A heap-based buffer over-read flaw was found in the way kdelibs calculated canvas dimensions for large images. A web page containing malicious content could cause an application using kdelibs to crash or disclose portions of its memory.
Users should upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues. The desktop must be restarted (log out, then log back in) for this update to take effect.

7.102. kdepim

Updated kdepim packages that fix one bug are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The KDE Personal Information Management (kdepim) suite helps to organize your mail, tasks, appointments, and contacts.
Bug Fix
BZ#811125
Prior to this update, the cyrus-sasl-plain package was not a dependency of the kdepim package. As a consequence, Kmail failed to send mail. This update modifies the underlying code to include the cyrus-sasl-plain dependency.
All users of kdepim are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix this bug.

7.103. kernel

Updated kernel packages that fix three security issues and several bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Extended Update Support.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having Important security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base scores, which give detailed severity ratings, are available for each vulnerability from the CVE links associated with each description below.
The kernel packages contain the Linux kernel, the core of any Linux operating system.

Security Fixes

CVE-2014-2523, Important
A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's netfilter connection tracking implementation for Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) packets used the skb_header_pointer() function. A remote attacker could use this flaw to send a specially crafted DCCP packet to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
CVE-2013-6383, Moderate
A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's Adaptec RAID controller (aacraid) checked permissions of compat IOCTLs. A local attacker could use this flaw to bypass intended security restrictions.
CVE-2014-0077, Moderate
A flaw was found in the way the handle_rx() function handled large network packets when mergeable buffers were disabled. A privileged guest user could use this flaw to crash the host or corrupt QEMU process memory on the host, which could potentially result in arbitrary code execution on the host with the privileges of the QEMU process.
The CVE-2014-0077 issue was discovered by Michael S. Tsirkin of Red Hat.

Bug Fixes

BZ#1078512
The memory page allocation mechanism of the mlx4 driver used exclusively "order 2" allocations when allocating memory for incoming frames. This led to a high memory page allocation failure rate on systems with high memory fragmentation. With this update, the mlx4 driver firstly attempts to perform "order 3" allocations and then continues with lower order allocations up to "order 0" if the memory is too fragmented. As a result, performance of mlx4 cards is now significantly higher and mlx4 no longer generates memory page allocation failures when the system is under memory pressure.
BZ#1091161
Due to a ndlp list corruption bug in the lpfc driver, systems with Emulex LPe16002B-M6 PCIe 2-port 16Gb Fibre Channel Adapters could trigger a kernel panic during I/O operations. A series of patches has been backported to address this problem so the kernel no longer panics during I/O operations on the aforementioned systems.
BZ#1064912
Previously, the GFS2 kernel module leaked memory in the gfs2_bufdata slab cache and allowed a use-after-free race condition to be triggered in the gfs2_remove_from_journal() function. As a consequence after unmounting the GFS2 file system, the GFS2 slab cache could still contain some objects, which subsequently could, under certain circumstances, result in a kernel panic. A series of patches has been applied to the GFS2 kernel module, ensuring that all objects are freed from the slab cache properly and the kernel panic is avoided.
BZ#1078492
Due to a regression bug in the mlx4 driver, Mellanox mlx4 adapters could become unresponsive on heavy load along with IOMMU allocation errors being logged to the systems logs. A patch has been applied to the mlx4 driver so that the driver now calculates the last memory page fragment when allocating memory in the Rx path.
BZ#1086845
A system could enter a deadlock situation when the Real-Time (RT) scheduler was moving RT tasks between CPUs and the wakeup_kswapd() function was called on multiple CPUs, resulting in a kernel panic. This problem has been fixed by removing a problematic memory allocation and therefore calling the wakeup_kswapd() function from a deadlock-safe context.
BZ#1079868
Due to a bug in the hrtimers subsystem, the clock_was_set() function called an inter-processor interrupt (IPI) from soft IRQ context and waited to its completion, which could result in a deadlock situation. A patch has been applied to fix this problem by moving the clock_was_set() function call to the working context. Also during the resume process, the hrtimers_resume() function reprogrammed kernel timers only for the current CPU because it assumed that all other CPUs are offline. However, this assumption was incorrect in certain scenarios, such as when resuming a Xen guest with some non-boot CPUs being only stopped with IRQs disabled. As a consequence, kernel timers were not corrected on other than the boot CPU even though those CPUs were online. To resolve this problem, hrtimers_resume() has been modified to trigger an early soft IRQ to correctly reprogram kernel timers on all CPUs that are online.
BZ#1094621
When processing a directory with a huge amount of files (over five hundred thousand) on a GFS2 file system, the respective task could become unresponsive and memory allocation failures could occur. This happened because the GFS2 was updating atime in a memory reclamation path, resulting in occasional failures under memory pressure. To handle atime updates effectively, this update introduces a new super block operation, dirty_inode(). GFS2 now processes large directories as expected without any memory allocation failures or hanging tasks.
BZ#1092352
Prior to this update, a guest-provided value was used as the head length of the socket buffer allocated on the host. If the host was under heavy memory load and the guest-provided value was too large, the allocation could have failed, resulting in stalls and packet drops in the guest's Tx path. With this update, the guest-provided value has been limited to a reasonable size so that socket buffer allocations on the host succeed regardless of the memory load on the host, and guests can send packets without experiencing packet drops or stalls.
All kernel users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues. The system must be rebooted for this update to take effect.
Updated kernel packages that fix one security issue and several bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Extended Update Support.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having Important security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base score, which gives a detailed severity rating, is available from the CVE link associated with the description below.
The kernel packages contain the Linux kernel, the core of any Linux operating system.

Security Fixes

CVE-2014-0101, Important
A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel processed an authenticated COOKIE_ECHO chunk during the initialization of an SCTP connection. A remote attacker could use this flaw to crash the system by initiating a specially crafted SCTP handshake in order to trigger a NULL pointer dereference on the system.
Red Hat would like to thank Nokia Siemens Networks for reporting this issue.

Bug Fixes

BZ#1077872
Previously, the vmw_pwscsi driver could attempt to complete a command to the SCSI mid-layer after reporting a successful abort of the command. This led to a double completion bug and a subsequent kernel panic. This update ensures that the pvscsi_abort() function returns SUCCESS only after the abort is completed, preventing the driver from invalid attempts to complete the command.
BZ#1028593
A bug in the kernel's file system code allowed the d_splice_alias() function to create a new dentry for a directory with an already-existing non-DISCONNECTED dentry. As a consequence, a thread accessing the directory could attempt to take the i_mutex on that directory twice, resulting in a deadlock situation. To resolve this problem, d_splice_alias() has been modified so that in the problematic cases, it reuses an existing dentry instead of creating a new dentry.
BZ#1063198
Recent changes in the d_splice_alias() function introduced a bug that allowed d_splice_alias() to return a dentry from a different directory than was the directory being looked up. As a consequence in cluster environment, a kernel panic could be triggered when a directory was being removed while a concurrent cross-directory operation was performed on this directory on another cluster node. This update avoids the kernel panic in this situation by correcting the search logic in the d_splice_alias() function so that the function can no longer return a dentry from an incorrect directory.
BZ#1078873
The Red Hat GFS2 file system previously limited a number of ACL entries per inode to 25. However, this number was insufficient in some cases, causing the setfacl command to fail. This update increases this limit to maximum of 300 ACL entries for the 4 KB block size. If the block size is smaller, this value is adjusted accordingly.
BZ#1078640
A bug in the megaraid_sas driver could cause the driver to read the hardware status values incorrectly. As a consequence, the RAID card was disabled during the system boot and the system could fail to boot. With this update, the megaraid_sas driver has been corrected so that the RAID card is now enabled on system boot as expected.
BZ#1017904
Previously, the kernel did not support unsharing for PID name spaces. With this update, a series of patches has been applied to the relevant kernel code to support the unshare() system call for PID name spaces.
BZ#1075553
When allocating kernel memory, the SCSI device handlers called the sizeof() function with a structure name as its argument. However, the modified files were using an incorrect structure name, which resulted in an insufficient amount of memory being allocated and subsequent memory corruption. This update modifies the relevant sizeof() function calls to rather use a pointer to the structure instead of the structure name so that the memory is now always allocated correctly.
BZ#1085307
Previously, GFS2 marked files that were written to for in-core data flushing only if the file size was actually increased. When the gfs2_fsync() function was called on a file that was not marked for in-core data flushing, any metadata or journaled data was not synchronized to the disk. This could, under certain circumstances, cause writes to files that were open for synchronous I/O to return before the data was written to the disk, allowing the data to be lost during a crash. A patch has been applied to mark files correctly whenever metadata has been updated during a write, ensuring that all in-core data are written to the disk with synchronous I/O operations.
BZ#1086590
Due to a bug in the GFS2 resource group code, the GFS2 block allocator did not switch from using blocking locks to non-blocking locks after the selected reservation group was found unsatisfactory for the allocation request with a block reservation. As a consequence, the block allocator used only blocking locks for all resource groups since that point, greatly reducing performance of the file system unless it was periodically remounted. This update ensures that the GFS2 block allocator overrides the non-blocking lock only for the appropriate resource group, and the file system performs as expected without any intervention.
All kernel users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues. The system must be rebooted for this update to take effect.
Updated kernel packages that fix several security issues and bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Extended Update Support.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having important security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base scores, which give detailed severity ratings, are available for each vulnerability from the CVE links associated with each description below.
The kernel packages contain the Linux kernel, the core of any Linux operating system.

Security Fixes

CVE-2013-4387, Important
A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's IPv6 implementation handled certain UDP packets when the UDP Fragmentation Offload (UFO) feature was enabled. A remote attacker could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
CVE-2013-4470, Important
A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's TCP/IP protocol suite implementation handled sending of certain UDP packets over sockets that used the UDP_CORK option when the UDP Fragmentation Offload (UFO) feature was enabled on the output device. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to cause a denial of service or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
CVE-2013-6367, Important
A divide-by-zero flaw was found in the apic_get_tmcct() function in KVM's Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (LAPIC) implementation. A privileged guest user could use this flaw to crash the host.
CVE-2013-6368, Important
A memory corruption flaw was discovered in the way KVM handled virtual APIC accesses that crossed a page boundary. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
CVE-2013-6381, Important
A buffer overflow flaw was found in the way the qeth_snmp_command() function in the Linux kernel's QETH network device driver implementation handled SNMP IOCTL requests with an out-of-bounds length. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
CVE-2013-4591, Moderate
It was found that the fix for CVE-2012-2375 released via RHSA-2012:1580 accidentally removed a check for small-sized result buffers. A local, unprivileged user with access to an NFSv4 mount with ACL support could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
CVE-2013-2851, Low
A format string flaw was found in the Linux kernel's block layer. A privileged, local user could potentially use this flaw to escalate their privileges to kernel level (ring0).
Red Hat would like to thank Hannes Frederic Sowa for reporting CVE-2013-4470, Andrew Honig of Google for reporting CVE-2013-6367 and CVE-2013-6368, and Kees Cook for reporting CVE-2013-2851.

Bug Fixes

BZ#1063353
Previously, the sysfs_dev_char_kobj variable was freed on shutdown, but the variable could be used later by the USB stack, and possibly other code, which could cause the system to terminate unexpectedly. The underlying source code has been modified to prevent "kobjects" in the device_shutdown() function from being removed, as the /sys/dev/block/ and /sys/dev/char/ directories must be kept because of the symbolic links pointing to the devices. As a result, the system no longer crashes in the described scenario.
BZ#1062112
Previously, when hot adding memory to the system, the memory management subsystem always performed unconditional page-block scans for all memory sections being set online. The total duration of the hot add operation depends on both, the size of memory that the system already has and the size of memory that is being added. Therefore, the hot add operation took an excessive amount of time to complete if a large amount of memory was added or if the target node already had a considerable amount of memory. This update optimizes the code so that page-block scans are performed only when necessary, which greatly reduces the duration of the hot add operation.
BZ#1058417
When performing read operations on an XFS file system, failed buffer readahead can leave the buffer in the cache memory marked with an error. This could lead to incorrect detection of stale errors during completion of an I/O operation because most callers do not zero out the b_error field of the buffer on a subsequent read. To avoid this problem and ensure correct I/O error detection, the b_error field of the used buffer is now zeroed out before submitting an I/O operation on a file.
BZ#1060490
When transferring a large amount of data over the peer-to-peer (PPP) link, a rare race condition between the throttle() and unthrottle() functions in the tty driver could be triggered. As a consequence, the tty driver became unresponsive, remaining in the throttled state, which resulted in the traffic being stalled. Also, if the PPP link was heavily loaded, another race condition in the tty driver could has been triggered. This race allowed an unsafe update of the available buffer space, which could also result in the stalled traffic. A series of patches addressing both race conditions has been applied to the tty driver; if the first race is triggered, the driver loops and forces re-evaluation of the respective test condition, which ensures uninterrupted traffic flow in the described situation. The second race is now completely avoided due to a well-placed read lock, and the update of the available buffer space proceeds correctly.
BZ#1059990
Due to a bug in the SELinux socket receive hook, network traffic was not dropped upon receiving a peer:recv access control denial on some configurations. A broken labeled networking check in the SELinux socket receive hook has been corrected, and network traffic is now properly dropped in the described case.
BZ#1059382
Due to a bug in ext4 metadata allocation code, the number of metadata blocks needed to complete a file system operation could be calculated incorrectly. Consequently, when performing file system operations on a nearly full ext4 file system, unexpected allocation failures could occur at writeback time, leading to possible data loss and file system inconsistency. A series of patches has been applied, fixing metadata allocation estimation problems and introducing a reserved space concept that ensures correct allocation of metadata in specific situations, such as the aforementioned scenario.
BZ#1055363
Previously, certain SELinux functions did not correctly handle the TCP synchronize-acknowledgment (SYN-ACK) packets when processing IPv4 labeled traffic over an INET socket. The initial SYN-ACK packets were labeled incorrectly by SELinux, and as a result, the access control decision was made using the server socket's label instead of the new connection's label. In addition, SELinux was not properly inspecting outbound labeled IPsec traffic, which led to similar problems with incorrect access control decisions. A series of patches that addresses these problems has been applied to SELinux. The initial SYN-ACK packets are now labeled correctly and SELinux processes all SYN-ACK packets as expected.
BZ#1041143
A bug in the mlx4 driver could trigger a race between the "blue flame" feature's traffic flow and the stamping mechanism in the Tx ring flow when processing Work Queue Elements (WQEs) in the Tx ring. Consequently, the related queue pair (QP) of the mlx4 Ethernet card entered an error state and the traffic on the related Tx ring was blocked. A patch has been applied to the mlx4 driver so that the driver does not stamp the last completed WQE in the Tx ring, and thus avoids the aforementioned race.
BZ#1058419
Previously, the e752x_edac module incorrectly handled the pci_dev usage count, which could reach zero and deallocate a PCI device structure. As a consequence, a kernel panic could occur when the module was loaded multiple times on some systems. This update fixes the usage count that is triggered by loading and unloading of the module repeatedly, and a kernel panic no longer occurs.
BZ#1048098
Previously, task management commands in the lpfc driver had a fixed timeout value of 60 seconds, which could pose a problem for error handling. The lpfc driver has been upgraded to version 8.3.7.21.2p in order to include a fix of this problem. The timeout of the task management commands is now adjustable in range from 5 to 180 seconds, and by default, it is set to 60 seconds.
BZ#1046042
Inefficient usage of Big Kernel Locks (BKLs) in the ptrace() system call could lead to BKL contention on certain systems that widely utilize ptrace(), such as User-mode Linux (UML) systems, resulting in degraded performance on these systems. This update removes the relevant BKLs from the ptrace() system call, thus resolving any related performance issues.
BZ#1038122
An improper function call in a previous kernel patch backport caused the PID namespace nesting to malfunction. This could adversely affect the proper functioning of other components, such as the Linux Container (LXC) driver, that rely on nested PID namespace usage. A patch has been applied to correct this problem so that nested PID namespaces can be used as expected.
BZ#1056143
Previously, GFS2 marked files that were written to for in-core data flushing only if the file size was actually increased. When the gfs2_fsync() function was called on a file that was not marked for in-core data flushing, any metadata or journaled data was not synchronized to the disk. This could, under certain circumstances, cause writes to files that were open for synchronous I/O to return before the data was written to the disk, allowing the data to be lost during a crash. A patch has been applied to mark files correctly whenever metadata has been updated during a write, ensuring that all in-core data are written to the disk with synchronous I/O operations.
All kernel users are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues. The system must be rebooted for this update to take effect.
Updated kernel packages that fix several bugs and add two enhancements are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 Extended Update Support.
The kernel packages contain the Linux kernel, the core of any Linux operating system.

Bug Fixes

BZ#962894
When extending memory, the hot-add operation could fail while the machine was under memory pressure, causing a kernel panic. A patch has been applied to improve the memory hot-add operation and this problem can now occur only in extremely rare occasions.
BZ#1030168
A bug in the netpoll transmit (Tx) code path that is used for netconsole logging could lead to various problems with bonding devices, for example, an invalid Tx queue index could have been used. To avoid these problems, an upstream patch has been backported to allow netpoll calling the external netdev_pick_tx() function from the netpoll_send_skb_on_dev() function.
BZ#1014968
The igb driver previously used a 16-bit mask when writing values of the flow control high-water mark to hardware registers on a network device. Consequently, the values were truncated on some network device, disrupting the flow control. A patch has been applied to the igb driver so that it now uses 32-bit mask as expected.
BZ#1006167
Previously, mounting a GFS2 file system in spectator mode on a cluster node was not possible if no other cluster node had already mounted this GFS2 file system. In such a case, a "file system consistency error" occurred and the GFS2 file system was withdrawn. A patch has been applied to allow the first cluster node mounting a GFS2 file system in spectator mode if all the file system journals are clean.
BZ#1006388
Due to a bug in the transmit path of the bonding driver, a buffer for the bonding device queue mapping could become corrupted. As a consequence, a kernel panic could occur or the system could become unresponsive in certain environments, such as is running a KVM guest in the Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization (RHEV) hypervisor with netconsole enabled and a bonding device over a network bridge configured. A patch has been applied to save the bonding device queue mapping buffer properly, and buffer corruption in this scenario is now prevented.
BZ#1006664
A bug in the kernel's super block code allowed a race between the get_active_super() and umount() functions that could lead to a use-after-free issue, resulting in a kernel oops. An upstream patch has been backported to fix this problem so that get_active_super() repeats attempts to obtain the active super block until it succeeds. The aforementioned race no longer occurs.
BZ#1008508
A kernel panic could occur during path failover on systems using multiple iSCSI, FC or SRP paths to connect an iSCSI initiator and an iSCSI target. This happened because a race condition in the SCSI driver allowed removing a SCSI device from the system before processing its run queue, which led to a NULL pointer dereference. The SCSI driver has been modified and the race is now avoided by holding a reference to a SCSI device run queue while it is active.
BZ#1009251
When a driver does not support namespace, the user must use the VLAN splinter feature from Open vSwitch to support VLANs and TCP traffic. However,when using the be2net driver and the VLAN splinter feature was enabled, the floating IP traffic could fail. This bug has been fixed and incompatibilities no longer occur, when using the VLAN splinter feature with the be2net driver.
BZ#1019614
When removing neigh entries, the list_del() function removed the neigh entry from the associated struct ipoib_path, while the ipoib_neigh_free() function removed the neigh entry from the device's neigh entry lookup table. Both of these operations were protected by a spinlock. However, the table was also protected by RCU kernel locking, and thus the spinlock was not held when performing read operations. Consequently, a race condition occurred, in which a thread could successfully look up a neigh entry that has already been deleted from the list of neighbor characters, but the previous deletion had marked the entry as "poisoned", and list_del() on the object caused a kernel panic. The list_del() function has been into ipoib_neigh_free(), so that deletion happens only once, after the entry has been successfully removed from the lookup table, thus fixing the bug.
BZ#1010451
If the arp_interval and arp_validate bonding options were not enabled on the configured bond device in the correct order, the bond device did not process ARP replies, which led to link failures and changes of the active slave device. A series of patches has been applied to modify an internal bond ARP hook based on the values of arp_validate and arp_interval. Therefore, the ARP hook is registered even if arp_interval is set after arp_validate has already been enabled, and ARP replies are processed as expected.
BZ#1018966
When GFS2 files were unlinked, sometimes they were not deleted completely. This could happen because when multiple nodes in a cluster accessed the same deleted file, the node responsible for freeing the "unlinked" blocks could not have been determined properly. Consequently, many deleted dinode blocks that should have been freed were often left in an "unlinked" state. With this update, the responsibility handover for deleting unlinked dinodes is accomplished through a mechanism known as the "iopen" glock. The "iopen" glocks are no longer cached by nodes after the point where it becomes impossible to free the dinode blocks. As a result, the dinode blocks for unlinked dinodes are now freed properly by the last process to close the file.
BZ#1017905
When the Audit subsystem was under heavy load, it could loop infinitely in the audit_log_start() function instead of failing over to the error recovery code. This could cause soft lockups in the kernel. With this update, the timeout condition in the audit_log_start() function has been modified to properly fail over when necessary.
BZ#1018965
Due to a race condition in the kernel's key management code, any process searching for a key in a keyring could dereference a NULL pointer while that key was instantiated as negative. This led to a kernel panic. A patch to fix this bug has been provided so that the kernel now handles the aforementioned situation properly without triggering the race.
BZ#1016108
The crypto_larval_lookup() function could return a larval, an in-between state when a cryptographic algorithm is being registered, even if it did not create one. This could cause a larval to be terminated twice, and result in a kernel panic. This occurred for example when the NFS service was running in FIPS mode, and attempted to use the MD5 hashing algorithm even though FIPS mode has this algorithm blacklisted. A condition has been added to the crypto_larval_lookup() function to check whether a larval was created before returning it.
BZ#1012049
Previously, the tcp_ioctl() function tried to take into account if a TCP socket has received a packet with a FIN flag in order to report the correct number of bytes in the receive queue. However, in certain cases, the reported number of bytes in the receive queue was incorrect. This bug has been fixed by using an improved way to detect if a TCP packet with a FIN flag has been received.
BZ#988807
Previously, on systems with RAID10 arrays defined, stack memory could become corrupted due to an insufficient amount of memory being allocated for a dynamically sized kernel data structure, leading to a kernel panic. This bug has been fixed and RAID10 arrays can now safely run without the risk of causing a kernel panic.
BZ#1009756
Due to the way the VFS code resolves dentry lookups, a race between multiple threads could have been triggered if the threads performed lookups on the same FUSE dentry subtree that contained an invalid (or stale) dentry or inode. As a consequence, the threads could fail with an ENOENT error instead of properly resolving a new dentry or inode. This update applies a series of patches to the FUSE code that addresses this problem and the aforementioned race can no longer occur.
BZ#1004661
Previously, the Hyper-V utility services negotiated the highest version of the Key-Value Pair (KVP) protocol that a Windows Server 2012 R2 host advertised but the host implemented a KVP protocol version that was not compatible with prior versions of the KVP protocol. Consequently, the IP injection functionality did not work on the latest Windows Server 2012 R2 host. This update explicitly specifies the KVP protocol version that the guest can support.
BZ#1012495
When a userspace process was reading the /proc/$PID/pagemap file, a memory leak could occur. An upstream patch has been provided to fix this bug, and memory usage before and after the mm_leak call is now the same.
BZ#1020994
Previously, when a CPU was brought offline, a race window occurred. During the race window, if an inter processor interrupt (IPI) was received, it got lost. As a consequence, the system became unresponsive. To fix this bug, a check has been added to the __cpu_disable() function, which executes the enqueued but not yet received IPIs before the CPU is marked offline.
BZ#1023350
Previously, when the user added an IPv6 route for local delivery, the route did not work and packets could not be sent. A patch has been applied to limit the neighbor entry creation only for input flow, thus fixing this bug. As a result, IPv6 routes for local delivery now work as expected.
BZ#1014687, BZ#1025736
The qla2xxx driver did not use any locking mechanism when passing information between its ISR and mailbox routines. Under certain conditions, this led to multiple mailbox command completions being signaled, which, in turn, led to a false mailbox timeout error for the subsequently issued mailbox command. This bug has been fixed and a mailbox timeout error no longer occurs in this scenario.

Enhancements

BZ#1011168
With this update, the missing values for the PG_buddy variable have been added to the kexec system call in order to increase dump performance relating to the buddy system for filtering free pages.
BZ#990483
Support for the fallocate method has been added to Filesystem in Userspace (FUSE). This method allows the caller to preallocate and deallocate blocks of a file.
Users of kernel are advised to upgrade to these updated packages, which fix these bugs and add these enhancements. The system must be rebooted for this update to take effect.
Updated kernel packages that fix two security issues and several bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having moderate security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base scores, which give detailed severity ratings, are available for each vulnerability from the CVE links associated with each description below.
The kernel packages contain the Linux kernel, the core of any Linux operating system.

Security Fixes

CVE-2013-4162, Moderate
A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's TCP/IP protocol suite implementation handled IPv6 sockets that used the UDP_CORK option. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to cause a denial of service.
CVE-2013-4299, Moderate
An information leak flaw was found in the way Linux kernel's device mapper subsystem, under certain conditions, interpreted data written to snapshot block devices. An attacker could use this flaw to read data from disk blocks in free space, which are normally inaccessible.
Red Hat would like to thank Hannes Frederic Sowa for reporting CVE-2013-4162; and Fujitsu for reporting CVE-2013-4299.

Bug Fixes

BZ#987261
Due to a bug in the NFS code, kernel size-192 and size-256 slab caches could leak memory. This could eventually result in an OOM issue when the most of available memory was used by the respective slab cache. A patch has been applied to fix this problem and the respective attributes in the NFS code are now freed properly.
BZ#987262
NFS previously allowed extending an NFS file write to cover a full page only if the file had not set a byte-range lock. However, extending the write to cover the entire page is sometimes desirable in order to avoid fragmentation inefficiencies. For example, a noticeable performance decrease was reported if a series of small non-contiguous writes was performed on the file. A patch has been applied to the NFS code that allows NFS extending a file write to a full page write if the whole file is locked for writing or if the client holds a write delegation.
BZ#988228
A change in the ipmi_si driver handling caused an extensively long delay while booting Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 on SIG UV platforms. The driver was loaded as a kernel module on previous versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 while it is now built within the kernel. However, SIG UV does not use, and thus does not support the ipmi_si driver. A patch has been applied and the kernel now does not initialize the ipmi_si driver when booting on SIG UV.
BZ#988384
The GFS2 did not reserve journal space for a quota change block while growing the size of a file. Consequently, a fatal assertion causing a withdraw of the GFS2 file system could have been triggered when the free blocks were allocated from the secondary bitmap. With this update, GFS2 reserves additional blocks in the journal for the quota change so the file growing transaction can now complete successfully in this situation.
BZ#988708
A dentry leak occurred in the FUSE code when, after a negative lookup, a negative dentry was neither dropped nor was the reference counter of the dentry decremented. This triggered a BUG() macro when unmounting a FUSE subtree containing the dentry, resulting in a kernel panic. A series of patches related to this problem has been applied to the FUSE code and negative dentries are now properly dropped so that triggering the BUG() macro is now avoided.
BZ#991346
The fnic driver previously allowed I/O requests with the number of SGL descriptors greater than is supported by Cisco UCS Palo adapters. Consequently, the adapter returned any I/O request with more than 256 SGL descriptors with an error indicating invalid SGLs. A patch has been applied to limit the maximum number of supported SGLs in the fnic driver to 256 and the problem no longer occurs.
BZ#993544
An NFS server could terminate unexpectedly due to a NULL pointer dereference caused by a rare race condition in the lockd daemon. An applied patch fixes this problem by protecting the relevant code with spin locks, and thus avoiding the race in lockd.
BZ#993547
The kernel interface to ACPI had implemented error messaging incorrectly. The following error message was displayed when the system had a valid ACPI Error Record Serialization Table (ERST) and the pstore.backend kernel parameter had been used to disable use of ERST by the pstore interface:
ERST: Could not register with persistent store
However, the same message was also used to indicate errors precluding registration. A series of patches modifies the relevant ACPI code so that ACPI now properly distinguish between different cases and accordingly prints unique and informative messages.
BZ#994140
Due a bug in the memory mapping code, the fadvise64() system call sometimes did not flush all the relevant pages of the given file from cache memory. A patch addresses this problem by adding a test condition that verifies whether all the requested pages were flushed and retries with an attempt to empty the LRU pagevecs in the case of test failure.
BZ#994866
A previous patch to the CIFS code caused a regression of a problem where under certain conditions, a mount attempt of a CIFS DFS share fails with a "mount error(6): No such device or address" error message. This happened because the return code variable was not properly reset after a previous unsuccessful mount attempt. A backported patch has been applied to properly reset the variable and CIFS DFS shares can now be mounted as expected.
BZ#994867
Previously, systems running heavily-loaded NFS servers could experience poor performance of the NFS READDIR operations on large directories that were undergoing concurrent modifications, especially over higher latency connections. This happened because the NFS code performed certain dentry operations inefficiently and revalidated directory attributes too often. This update applies a series of patches that address the problem as follows; needed dentries can be accessed from dcache after the READDIR operation, and directory attributes are revalidated only at the beginning of the directory or if the cached attributes expire.
BZ#995334
A previous change in the bridge multicast code allowed sending general multicast queries in order to achieve faster convergence on startup. To prevent interference with multicast routers, send packets contained a zero source IP address. However, these packets interfered with certain multicast-aware switches, which resulted in the system being flooded with the IGMP membership queries with zero source IP address. A series of patches addresses this problem by disabling multicast queries by default and implementing multicast querier that allows to toggle up sending of general multicast queries if needed.
BZ#995458
When a slave device started up, the current_arp_slave parameter was unset but the active flags on the slave were not marked inactive. Consequently, more than one slave device with active flags in active-backup mode could be present on the system. A patch has been applied to fix this problem by marking the active flags inactive for a slave device before the current_arp_slave parameter is unset.
BZ#996014
An infinite loop bug in the NFSv4 code caused an NFSv4 mount process to hang on a busy loop of the LOOKUP_ROOT operation when attempting to mount an NFSv4 file system and the first iteration on this operation failed. A patch has been applied that allows to exit the LOOKUP_ROOT operation properly and a mount attempt now either succeeds or fails in this situation.
BZ#996424
An NFS client previously did not wait for completing of unfinished I/O operations before sending the LOCKU and RELEASE_LOCKOWNER operations to the NFS server in order to release byte range locks on files. Consequently, if the server processed the LOCKU and RELEASE_LOCKOWNER operations before some of the related READ operations, it released all locking states associated with the requested lock owner, and the READs returned the NFS4ERR_BAD_STATEID error code. This resulted in the "Lock reclaim failed!" error messages being generated in the system log and the NFS client had to recover from the error. A series of patches has been applied ensuring that an NFS client waits for all outstanding I/O operations to complete before releasing the locks.
BZ#997746
A previous patch to the bridge multicast code introduced a bug allowing reinitialization of an active timer for a multicast group whenever an IPv6 multicast query was received. A patch has been applied to the bridge multicast code so that a bridge multicast timer is no longer reinitialized when it is active.
BZ#997916
An use-after-free issue in the PPS (Pulse-per-second) driver could cause the kernel to crash when unregistering the PPS source. A patch has been applied to resolve this problem so the respective char device is now removed from the system prior to its deallocating. The patch also prevents deallocating a PPS device with open file descriptors.
BZ#999328
Previously, power-limit notification interrupts were enabled by default on the system. This could lead to degradation of system performance or even render the system unusable on certain platforms, such as Dell PowerEdge servers. A patch has been applied to disable power-limit notification interrupts by default and a new kernel command line parameter "int_pln_enable" has been added to allow users observing these events using the existing system counters. Power-limit notification messages are also no longer displayed on the console. The affected platforms no longer suffer from degraded system performance due to this problem.
BZ#1000314
A bug in the autofs4 mount expiration code could cause the autofs4 module to falsely report a busy tree of NFS mounts as "not in use". Consequently, automount attempted to unmount the tree and failed with a "failed to umount offset" error, leaving the mount tree to appear as empty directories. A patch has been applied to remove an incorrectly used autofs dentry mount check and the aforementioned problem no longer occurs.
BZ#1001954
An insufficiently designed calculation in the CPU accelerator could cause an arithmetic overflow in the set_cyc2ns_scale() function if the system uptime exceeded 208 days prior to using kexec to boot into a new kernel. This overflow led to a kernel panic on the systems using the Time Stamp Counter (TSC) clock source, primarily the systems using Intel Xeon E5 processors that do not reset TSC on soft power cycles. A patch has been applied to modify the calculation so that this arithmetic overflow and kernel panic can no longer occur under these circumstances.
BZ#1001963
Due to a bug in firmware, systems using the LSI MegaRAID controller failed to initialize this device in the kdump kernel if the "intel_iommu=on" and "iommu=pt"kernel parameters were specified in the first kernel. As a workaround until a firmware fix is available, a patch to the megaraid_sas driver has been applied so if the firmware is not in the ready state upon the first attempt to initialize the controller, the driver resets the controller and retries for firmware transition to the ready state.
BZ#1002184
Due to a bug in the SCTP code, a NULL pointer dereference could occur when freeing an SCTP association that was hashed, resulting in a kernel panic. A patch addresses this problem by trying to unhash SCTP associations before freeing them and the problem no longer occurs.
BZ#1003765
The RAID1 and RAD10 code previously called the raise_barrier() and lower_barrier() functions instead of the freeze_array() and unfreeze_array() functions that are safe being called from within the management thread. As a consequence, a deadlock situation could occur if an MD array contained a spare disk, rendering the respective kernel thread unresponsive. Furthermore, if a shutdown sequence was initiated after this problem had occurred, the shutdown sequence became unresponsive and any in-cache file system data that were not synchronized to the disk were lost. A patch correcting this problem has been applied and the RAID1 and RAID10 code now uses management-thread safe functions as expected.
BZ#1003931
A function in the RPC code responsible for verifying whether the cached credentials matches the current process did not perform the check correctly. The code checked only whether the groups in the current process credentials appear in the same order as in the cached credential but did not ensure that no other groups are present in the cached credentials. As a consequence, when accessing files in NFS mounts, a process with the same UID and GID as the original process but with a non-matching group list could have been granted an unauthorized access to a file, or under certain circumstances, the process could have been wrongly prevented from accessing the file. The incorrect test condition has been fixed and the problem can no longer occur.
BZ#1004657
The xen-netback and xen-netfront drivers cannot handle packets with size greater than 64 KB including headers. The xen-netfront driver previously did not account for any headers when determining the maximum size of GSO (Generic Segmentation Offload). Consequently, Xen DomU guest operations could have caused a network DoS issue on DomU when sending packets larger than 64 KB. This update adds a patch that corrects calculation of the GSO maximum size and the problem no longer occurs.
BZ#1006932
A bug in the real-time (RT) scheduler could cause a RT priority process to stop running due to an invalid attribute of the run queue. When a CPU became affected by this bug, the migration kernel thread stopped running on the CPU, and subsequently every other process that was migrated to the affected CPU by the system stopped running as well. A patch has been applied to the RT scheduler and RT priority processes are no longer affected this problem.
BZ#1006956
A patch included in kernel version 2.6.32-358.9.1.el6, to fix handling of revoked NFSv4 delegations, introduced a regression bug to the NFSv4 code. This regression in the NFSv4 exception and asynchronous error handling allowed, under certain circumstances, passing a NULL inode to an NFSv4 delegation-related function, which resulted in a kernel panic. The NFSv4 exception and asynchronous error handling has been fixed so that a NULL inode can no longer be passed in this situation.
Users should upgrade to these updated packages, which contain backported patches to correct these issues. The system must be rebooted for this update to take effect.
Updated kernel packages that fix several security issues and bugs are now available for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
The Red Hat Security Response Team has rated this update as having important security impact. Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) base scores, which give detailed severity ratings, are available for each vulnerability from the CVE links associated with each description below.
The kernel packages contain the Linux kernel, the core of any Linux operating system.

Security Fixes

CVE-2013-2206, Important
A flaw was found in the way the Linux kernel's Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) implementation handled duplicate cookies. If a local user queried SCTP connection information at the same time a remote attacker has initialized a crafted SCTP connection to the system, it could trigger a NULL pointer dereference, causing the system to crash.
CVE-2013-2224, Important
It was found that the fix for CVE-2012-3552 released via RHSA-2012:1304 introduced an invalid free flaw in the Linux kernel's TCP/IP protocol suite implementation. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to corrupt kernel memory via crafted sendmsg() calls, allowing them to cause a denial of service or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system.
CVE-2013-2146, Moderate
A flaw was found in the Linux kernel's Performance Events implementation. On systems with certain Intel processors, a local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to cause a denial of service by leveraging the perf subsystem to write into the reserved bits of the OFFCORE_RSP_0 and OFFCORE_RSP_1 model-specific registers.
CVE-2013-2232, Moderate
An invalid pointer dereference flaw was found in the Linux kernel'sTCP/IP protocol suite implementation. A local, unprivileged user could use this flaw to crash the system or, potentially, escalate their privileges on the system by using sendmsg() with an IPv6 socket connected to an IPv4 destination.
CVE-2012-6544, Low
Information leak flaws in the Linux kernel's Bluetooth implementation could allow a local, unprivileged user to leak kernel memory to user-space.
CVE-2013-2237, Low
An information leak flaw in the Linux kernel could allow a privileged, local user to leak kernel memory to user-space.

Bug Fixes

BZ#956054
The kernel could rarely terminate instead of creating a dump file when a multi-threaded process using FPU aborted. This happened because the kernel did not wait until all threads became inactive and attempted to dump the FPU state of active threads into memory which triggered a BUG_ON() routine. A patch addressing this problem has been applied and the kernel now waits for the threads to become inactive before dumping their FPU state into memory.
BZ#959930
Due to the way the CPU time was calculated, an integer multiplication overflow bug could occur after several days of running CPU bound processes that were using hundreds of kernel threads. As a consequence, the kernel stopped updating the CPU time and provided an incorrect CPU time instead. This could confuse users and lead to various application problems. This update applies a patch fixing this problem by decreasing the precision of calculations when the stime and rtime values become too large. Also, a bug allowing stime values to be sometimes erroneously calculated as utime values has been fixed.
BZ#963557
Due to several bugs in the ext4 code, data integrity system calls did not always properly persist data on the disk. Therefore, the unsynchronized data in the ext4 file system could have been lost after the system's unexpected termination. A series of patches has been applied to the ext4 code to address this problem, including a fix that ensures proper usage of data barriers in the code responsible for file synchronization. Data loss no longer occurs in the described situation.
BZ#974597
A previous patch that modified dcache and autofs code caused a regression. Due to this regression, unmounting a large number of expired automounts on a system under heavy NFS load caused soft lockups, rendering the system unresponsive. If a "soft lockup" watchdog was configured, the machine rebooted. To fix the regression, the erroneous patch has been reverted and the system now handle the aforementioned scenario properly without any soft lockups.
BZ#975576
A system could become unresponsive due to an attempt to shut down an XFS file system that was waiting for log I/O completion. A patch to the XFS code has been applied that allows for the shutdown method to be called from different contexts so XFS log items can be deleted properly even outside the AIL, which fixes this problem.
BZ#975578
XFS file systems were occasionally shut down with the "xfs_trans_ail_delete_bulk: attempting to delete a log item that is not in the AIL" error message. This happened because the EFI/EFD handling logic was incorrect and the EFI log item could have been freed before it was placed in the AIL and committed. A patch has been applied to the XFS code fixing the EFI/EFD handling logic and ensuring that the EFI log items are never freed before the EFD log items are processed. The aforementioned error no longer occurs on an XFS shutdown.
BZ#977668
A race condition between the read_swap_cache_async() and get_swap_page() functions in the memory management (mm) code could lead to a deadlock situation. The deadlock could occur only on systems that deployed swap partitions on devices supporting block DISCARD and TRIM operations if kernel preemption was disabled (the !CONFIG_PREEMPT parameter). If the read_swap_cache_async() function was given a SWAP_HAS_CACHE entry that did not have a page in the swap cache yet, a DISCARD operation was performed in the scan_swap_map() function. Consequently, completion of an I/O operation was scheduled on the same CPU's working queue the read_swap_cache_async() was running on. This caused the thread in read_swap_cache_async() to loop indefinitely around its "-EEXIST" case, rendering the system unresponsive. The problem has been fixed by adding an explicit cond_resched() call to read_swap_cache_async(), which allows other tasks to run on the affected CPU, and thus avoiding the deadlock.
BZ#977680, BZ#989923
A previous change in the port auto-selection code allowed sharing ports with no conflicts extending its usage. Consequently, when binding a socket with the SO_REUSEADDR socket option enabled, the bind(2) function could allocate an ephemeral port that was already used. A subsequent connection attempt failed in such a case with the EADDRNOTAVAIL error code. This update applies a patch that modifies the port auto-selection code so that bind(2) now selects a non-conflict port even with the SO_REUSEADDR option enabled.
BZ#979293
Cyclic adding and removing of the st kernel module could previously cause a system to become unresponsive. This was caused by a disk queue reference count bug in the SCSI tape driver. An upstream patch addressing this bug has been backported to the SCSI tape driver and the system now responds as expected in this situation.
BZ#979912
On KVM guests with the KVM clock (kvmclock) as a clock source and with some VCPUs pinned, certain VCPUs could experience significant sleep delays (elapsed time was greater 20 seconds). This resulted in unexpected delays by sleeping functions and inaccurate measurement for low latency events. The problem happened because a kvmclock update was isolated to a certain VCPU so the NTP frequency correction applied only to that single VCPU. This problem has been resolved by a patch allowing kvmclock updates to all VCPUs on the KVM guest. VCPU sleep time now does not exceed the expected amount and no longer causes the aforementioned problems.
BZ#981177
When using applications that intensively utilized memory mapping, customers experienced significant application latency, which led to serious performance degradation. A series of patches has been applied to fix the problem. Among other, the patches modifies the memory mapping code to allow block devices to require stable page writes, enforce stable page writes only if required by a backing device, and optionally snapshot page content to provide stable pages during write. As a result, application latency has been improved by a considerable amount and applications with high demand of memory mapping now perform as expected.
BZ#982116
The bnx2x driver could have previously reported an occasional MDC/MDIO timeout error along with the loss of the link connection. This could happen in environments using an older boot code because the MDIO clock was set in the beginning of each boot code sequence instead of per CL45 command. To avoid this problem, the bnx2x driver now sets the MDIO clock per CL45 command. Additionally, the MDIO clock is now implemented per EMAC register instead of per port number, which prevents ports from using different EMAC addresses for different PHY accesses. Also, a boot code or Management Firmware (MFW) upgrade is required to prevent the boot code (firmware) from taking over link ownership if the driver's pulse is delayed. The BCM57711 card requires boot code version 6.2.24 or later, and the BCM57712/578xx cards require MFW version 7.4.22 or later.
BZ#982472
If the Audit queue is too long, the kernel schedules the kauditd daemon to alleviate the load on the Audit queue. Previously, if the current Audit process had any pending signals in such a situation, it entered a busy-wait loop for the duration of an Audit backlog timeout because the wait_for_auditd() function was called as an interruptible task. This could lead to system lockup in non-preemptive uniprocessor systems. This update fixes the problem by setting wait_for_auditd() as uninterruptible.
BZ#982496
A possible race in the tty layer could result in a kernel panic after triggering the BUG_ON() macro. As a workaround, the BUG_ON() macro has been replaced by the WARN_ON() macro, which allows for avoiding the kernel panic and investigating the race problem further.
BZ#982571
A recent change in the memory mapping code introduced a new optional next-fit algorithm for allocating VMAs to map processed files to the address space. This change, however, broke behavior of a certain internal function which then always followed the next-fit VMA allocation scheme instead of the first-fit VMA allocation scheme. Consequently, when the first-fit VMA allocation scheme was in use, this bug caused linear address space fragmentation and could lead to early "-ENOMEM" failures for mmap() requests. This patch restores the original first-fit behavior to the function so the aforementioned problems no longer occur.
BZ#982697
When using certain HP hardware with UHCI HDC support and the uhci-hdc driver performed the auto-stop operation, the kernel emitted the "kernel: uhci_hcd 0000:01:00.4: Controller not stopped yet!" warning messages. This happened because HP's virtual UHCI host controller takes extremely long time to suspend (several hundred microseconds) even with no attached USB device and the driver was not adjusted to handle this situation. To avoid this problem, the uhci-hdc driver has been modified to not run the auto-stop operation until the controller is suspended.
BZ#982703
A previously released erratum, RHSA-2013:0911, included a patch that added support for memory configurations greater than 1 TB of RAM on AMD systems, and a patch that fixed a kernel panic preventing installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux on such systems. However, these patches broke booting of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 on the SGI UV platform, and therefore they have been reverted with this update. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.4 now boots on SGI UV as expected.
BZ#982758
Due to a bug in descriptor handling, the ioat driver did not correctly process pending descriptors on systems with the Intel Xeon Processor E5 family. Consequently, the CPU was utilized excessively on these systems. A patch has been applied to the ioat driver so the driver now determines pending descriptors correctly and CPU usage is normal again for the described processor family.
BZ#990464
A bug in the network bridge code allowed an internal function to call code which was not atomic-safe while holding a spin lock. Consequently, a "BUG: scheduling while atomic" error has been triggered and a call trace logged by the kernel. This update applies a patch that orders the function properly so the function no longer holds a spin lock while calling code which is not atomic-safe. The aforementioned error with a call trace no longer occurs in this case.
BZ#990470
A race condition in the abort task and SPP device task management path of the isci driver could, under certain circumstan